Document:

Indenture, dated July 2, 2004

 Exhibit 4.4 
  

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

  
 SEITEL, INC., 
 as Issuer, 
  
  
 the GUARANTORS named herein, 
 as Guarantors, 
  
  
 and 
  
  
 LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
  

  
  
 INDENTURE 
  

  
  
 Dated as of July 2, 2004 
  

  
  
 113⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act
             Section

	  	 Indenture
 Section

	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	         (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	         (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	         (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	         (a)(5)
	  	7.08; 7.10
	         (b)
	  	7.08; 7.10; 12.02
	         (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	         (b)
	  	7.11
	         (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312 (a)
	  	2.05
	         (b)
	  	12.03
	         (c)
	  	12.03
	 313 (a)
	  	7.06
	         (b)(1)
	  	7.06
	         (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 11.04
	         (c)
	  	7.06; 11.04; 12.02
	         (d)
	  	7.06
	 314 (a)
	  	4.06; 4.18; 12.02
	         (b)
	  	11.02
	         (c)(1)
	  	7.02; 12.04; 12.05
	         (c)(2)
	  	7.02; 12.04; 12.05
	         (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	         (d)
	  	11.04
	         (e)
	  	12.05
	         (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315 (a)
	  	7.01(b); 7.02(a)
	         (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	         (c)
	  	7.01
	         (d)
	  	6.05; 7.01(c)
	         (e)
	  	6.11
	 316 (a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	         (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	         (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	         (a)(2)
	  	9.02
	         (b)
	  	6.07
	         (c)
	  	9.05
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	6.08
	         (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	         (b)
	  	2.04
	 318 (a)
	  	12.01
	         (c)
	  	12.01

  

  
 N.A. means Not Applicable 
  
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

			
	 	  	Page

		
	 ARTICLE ONE
	  	 
		
	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 1.01.    Definitions
	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.    Other Definitions
	  	28
	 SECTION 1.03.    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	29
	 SECTION 1.04.    Rules of Construction
	  	29
		
	 ARTICLE TWO
	  	 
		
	 THE NOTES
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 2.01.    Form and Dating
	  	30
	 SECTION 2.02.    Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes; Exchange Notes
	  	31
	 SECTION 2.03.    Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	32
	 SECTION 2.04.    Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust
	  	33
	 SECTION 2.05.    Holder Lists
	  	33
	 SECTION 2.06.    Transfer and Exchange
	  	33
	 SECTION 2.07.    Replacement Notes
	  	34
	 SECTION 2.08.    Outstanding Notes
	  	34
	 SECTION 2.09.    Treasury Notes
	  	35
	 SECTION 2.10.    Temporary Notes
	  	35
	 SECTION 2.11.    Cancellation
	  	35
	 SECTION 2.12.    Defaulted Interest
	  	35
	 SECTION 2.13.    CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	36
	 SECTION 2.14.    Deposit of Moneys
	  	36
	 SECTION 2.15.    Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
	  	36
	 SECTION 2.16.    Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions
	  	37
		
	 ARTICLE THREE
	  	 
		
	 REDEMPTION
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 3.01.    Notices to Trustee
	  	41
	 SECTION 3.02.    Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed
	  	41
	 SECTION 3.03.    Notice of Redemption
	  	41
	 SECTION 3.04.    Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	42
	 SECTION 3.05.    Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	43
	 SECTION 3.06.    Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	43
	 SECTION 3.07.    Special Mandatory Redemption; Notices to Trustee and Security Intermediary
	  	43

  

 -i- 

			
	 	  	Page

		
	 SECTION 3.08.    Notice of Special Mandatory Redemption to Holders
	  	43
	 SECTION 3.09.    Effect of Notice of Special Mandatory Redemption
	  	44
	 SECTION 3.10.    Deposit of Special Mandatory Redemption Price
	  	44
	 SECTION 3.11.    Other Mandatory Redemption
	  	44
		
	 ARTICLE FOUR
	  	 
		
	 COVENANTS
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 4.01.    Payment of Notes
	  	44
	 SECTION 4.02.    Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	45
	 SECTION 4.03.    Corporate Existence
	  	45
	 SECTION 4.04.    Payment of Taxes
	  	45
	 SECTION 4.05.    Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
	  	46
	 SECTION 4.06.    Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default
	  	46
	 SECTION 4.07.    Conduct of Business
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.08.    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.09.    Change of Control
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.10.    Limitations on Additional Indebtedness
	  	49
	 SECTION 4.11.    Limitations on Layering Indebtedness
	  	51
	 SECTION 4.12.    Limitations on Restricted Payments
	  	51
	 SECTION 4.13.    Limitations on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	53
	 SECTION 4.14.    Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	54
	 SECTION 4.15.    Limitations on Liens
	  	56
	 SECTION 4.16.    Limitations on Asset Sales
	  	56
	 SECTION 4.17.    Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	60
	 SECTION 4.18.    Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	  	61
	 SECTION 4.19.    Limitations on the Issuance or Sale of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	62
	 SECTION 4.20.    Additional Note Guarantees
	  	62
	 SECTION 4.21.    Reports
	  	62
	 SECTION 4.22.    Excess Cash Flow Repurchase Offer
	  	63
	 SECTION 4.23.    Limitations on Capital Expenditures
	  	65
		
	 ARTICLE FIVE
	  	 
		
	 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 5.01.    Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.
	  	65
		
	 ARTICLE SIX
	  	 
		
	 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 6.01.    Events of Default
	  	67

  

 -ii- 

			
	 	  	Page

		
	 SECTION 6.02.    Acceleration
	  	69
	 SECTION 6.03.    Other Remedies
	  	70
	 SECTION 6.04.    Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	70
	 SECTION 6.05.    Control by Majority
	  	70
	 SECTION 6.06.    Limitation on Suits
	  	70
	 SECTION 6.07.    Rights of Holders To Receive Payment
	  	71
	 SECTION 6.08.    Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	71
	 SECTION 6.09.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	71
	 SECTION 6.10.    Priorities
	  	72
	 SECTION 6.11.    Undertaking for Costs
	  	72
		
	 ARTICLE SEVEN
	  	 
		
	 TRUSTEE
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 7.01.    Duties of Trustee
	  	72
	 SECTION 7.02.    Rights of Trustee
	  	74
	 SECTION 7.03.    Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	75
	 SECTION 7.04.    Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	75
	 SECTION 7.05.    Notice of Default
	  	75
	 SECTION 7.06.    Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	75
	 SECTION 7.07.    Compensation and Indemnity
	  	76
	 SECTION 7.08.    Replacement of Trustee
	  	76
	 SECTION 7.09.    Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	  	77
	 SECTION 7.10.    Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	78
	 SECTION 7.11.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	  	78
		
	 ARTICLE EIGHT
	  	 
		
	 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 8.01.    Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations
	  	78
	 SECTION 8.02.    Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
	  	79
	 SECTION 8.03.    Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	80
	 SECTION 8.04.    Application of Trust Money
	  	81
	 SECTION 8.05.    Repayment to the Issuer
	  	82
	 SECTION 8.06.    Reinstatement
	  	82
		
	 ARTICLE NINE
	  	 
		
	 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 9.01.    Without Consent of Holders
	  	83
	 SECTION 9.02.    With Consent of Holders
	  	83
	 SECTION 9.03.    Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act
	  	85
	 SECTION 9.04.    Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	85

  

 -iii- 

			
	 	  	Page

		
	 SECTION 9.05.    Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	86
	 SECTION 9.06.    Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	86
		
	 ARTICLE TEN
	  	 
		
	 NOTE GUARANTEE
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 10.01.    Unconditional Guarantee
	  	86
	 SECTION 10.02.    Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	87
	 SECTION 10.03.    Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	  	88
	 SECTION 10.04.    Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor
	  	88
	 SECTION 10.05.    Waiver of Subrogation
	  	89
	 SECTION 10.06.    Immediate Payment
	  	89
	 SECTION 10.07.    No Setoff
	  	89
	 SECTION 10.08.    Guarantee Obligations Absolute
	  	90
	 SECTION 10.09.    Note Guarantee Obligations Continuing
	  	90
	 SECTION 10.10.    Note Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced
	  	90
	 SECTION 10.11.    Note Guarantee Obligations Reinstated
	  	90
	 SECTION 10.12.    Note Guarantee Obligations Not Affected
	  	90
	 SECTION 10.13.    Waiver
	  	92
	 SECTION 10.14.    No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer
	  	92
	 SECTION 10.15.    Dealing with the Issuer and Others
	  	92
	 SECTION 10.16.    Default and Enforcement
	  	93
	 SECTION 10.17.    Acknowledgment
	  	93
	 SECTION 10.18.    Costs and Expenses
	  	93
	 SECTION 10.19.    No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	  	93
	 SECTION 10.20.    Survival of Note Guarantee Obligations
	  	93
	 SECTION 10.21.    Note Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations
	  	93
	 SECTION 10.22.    Severability
	  	94
	 SECTION 10.23.    Successors and Assigns
	  	94
		
	 ARTICLE ELEVEN
	  	 
		
	 SECURITY DOCUMENTS
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 11.01.    Security Documents
	  	94
	 SECTION 11.02.    Recording and Opinions
	  	95
	 SECTION 11.03.    Release of Collateral
	  	95
	 SECTION 11.04.    Certificates of the Company
	  	95
	 SECTION 11.05.    Authorization of Actions To Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents
	  	95
	 SECTION 11.06.    Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents
	  	96

  

 -iv- 

			
	 	  	Page

		
	 ARTICLE TWELVE
	  	 
		
	 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 
		
	 SECTION 12.01.    Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	96
	 SECTION 12.02.    Notices
	  	96
	 SECTION 12.03.    Communications by Holders with Other Holders
	  	97
	 SECTION 12.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	97
	 SECTION 12.05.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	98
	 SECTION 12.06.    Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar
	  	98
	 SECTION 12.07.    Legal Holidays
	  	98
	 SECTION 12.08.    Governing Law
	  	98
	 SECTION 12.09.    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	98
	 SECTION 12.10.    No Recourse Against Others
	  	98
	 SECTION 12.11.    Successors
	  	99
	 SECTION 12.12.    Duplicate Originals
	  	99
	 SECTION 12.13.    Severability
	  	99
		
	 Signatures
	  	S-1

  
 Exhibit A — Form of Note

 Exhibit B — Form of Legends 
 Exhibit C — Form of
Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors 
 Exhibit D — Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection
with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S 
 Exhibit E — Form of Notation of Subsidiary Guarantee 
  
 Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture. 
  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE dated as of July 2, 2004 among Seitel, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Issuer”), and each of the Guarantors named herein, as Guarantors, and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 The Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 113⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011 and, to provide therefor, the
Issuer and the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid and binding
obligations of the Issuer and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantors have been done. 
  
 For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows: 
  
 ARTICLE ONE

  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
  
 Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture. 

 
 “144A Global Note” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 2.01. 
  
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means
(1) with respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary that was not incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is
merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of an asset or assets from another Person, which Indebtedness was not, in any
case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition. 
  
 “Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person which
directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, the referent Person. For purposes of Section 4.14. Affiliates shall be deemed to include, with respect to any Person, any other Person (1) which
beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of the referent Person, (2) of which 10% or more of the Voting Stock is beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by the referent Person or
(3) with respect to an individual, any immediate family member of such Person. For purposes of this definition and the definition of “Control Investment Affiliate,” “control” of a Person shall mean the 

 power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 
  
 “amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively, and “amended” and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning. 
  
 “asset” means any asset or property. 
  
 “Asset Acquisition” means 
  
 (1) an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer in any other Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or shall be merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or 
  
 (2) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or any division or line of business of any other Person. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or a merger or consolidation) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, a “transfer”), in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include:

  
 (1) transfers of cash or Cash Equivalents;

  
 (2) transfers of assets (including Equity
Interests) that are governed by, and made in accordance with, in Section 5.01; 
  
 (3) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.12; 
  
 (4) the creation or realization of any Permitted Lien;

  
 (5) transfers of damaged, worn-out or
obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Issuer’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (6) licenses and Non-Monetary Exchanges of inventory or data assets in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice, sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the inventory, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of the Issuer or any 
  

 -2- 

 Restricted Subsidiary to the extent in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice
or not materially interfering with the business of Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (7) any other transfer or series of related transfers that, but for this clause (7), would be Asset Sales, if after giving effect to such
transfers, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets transferred in such transaction or any such series of related transactions does not exceed $1.0 million. 
  
 “Attributable Indebtedness”, when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, means, as at the
time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate borne by the Notes, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and
Leaseback Transaction. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means
Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (ii)
in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person, (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the
foregoing or, in each case, other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee of such body. 
  
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York or Chicago, Illinois are
authorized or required by law to close. 
  
 “Capital
Expenditures” means, for any fiscal year of the Issuer, the aggregate of all expenditures of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any expenditures in respect of Non-Monetary Exchanges) for the acquisition of fixed or
capital assets which should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Capital Expenditures shall not include expenditures with Net Available Proceeds from
Asset Sales (other than through leases), to the extent such expenditures do not exceed the book value of the assets sold in such Asset Sales . 
  
 “Capitalized Lease” means a lease required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person means the
obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 -3- 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  
 (1) marketable obligations issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof), maturing within 360 days of the date of
acquisition thereof; 
  
 (2) demand and time
deposits and certificates of deposit or acceptances, maturing within 360 days of the date of acquisition thereof, of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits
of not less than $500 million and is assigned at least a “B” rating by Thomson Financial Bank Watch; 
  
 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than 180 days from the date of creation thereof issued by a corporation that is not the Issuer or an
Affiliate of the Issuer and is organized under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia and rated at least A-1 by S&P or at least P-1 by Moody’s; 
  
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30
days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any commercial bank meeting the specifications of clause (2) above; and 
  
 (5) investments in money market or other mutual funds substantially all of whose assets comprise securities
of the types described in clauses (1) through (4) above. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 
  
 (1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one
or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause that person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all
securities that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the voting power of the total
outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer; provided, however, that such event shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control so long as the Permitted Holders own Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a greater percentage of the total
voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer than such other person or group; 
  
 (2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors
(together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Issuer was approved by a vote of the majority of the directors of the Issuer then still in office who were either
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 
  

 -4- 

 (3) (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries are sold or otherwise transferred to any Person other than a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders or (b) the Issuer consolidates or merges with or into another Person or any Person consolidates or merges
with or into the Issuer, in either case under this clause (3)(b), in one transaction or a series of related transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof Persons beneficially owning (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer immediately prior to such consummation do not beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or the surviving or transferee Person; or 
  
 (4) the Issuer shall adopt a plan of liquidation or
dissolution or any such plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Issuer. 
  
 For purposes of this definition, (i) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by such agreement and (ii) any holding company whose only significant asset is Equity Interests of the Issuer shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of clause (1) or (2) above.

  
 “Collateral” has the meaning set forth in
Section 6(a) of the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Consolidated
Cash Operating Income” for any period means, without duplication, the sum of the amounts for such period of 
  
 (1) Consolidated Revenue for such period, minus 
  
 (2) Non-Monetary Exchanges for such period, minus 
  
 (3) the Data Selection Amount for such period, plus

  
 (4) the Deferred Revenue Amount for such
period, minus 
  
 (5) the consolidated
cost of sales of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with GAAP, minus 
  
 (6) selling, general and administrative cost of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with
GAAP. 
  
 provided that to the extent that Consolidated Cash Operating
Income has otherwise been reduced thereby, the following shall be added back to Consolidated Cash Operating Income; (i) any depreciation and amortization charges of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period and (ii) the pre-petition
restructuring charges that were included in selling, general and administrative expenses of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in 2003. 
  

 -5- 

 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (x)(i) Consolidated Cash
Operating Income during the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available (the “Four-Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to
calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”), minus (ii) the amount of Coverage Ratio Capital Expenditures made during the Four-Quarter Period to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four-Quarter
Period. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Cash Operating Income and Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to: 
  
 (1) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the issuance of
any Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment of other Indebtedness or redemption of other Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) (other than
the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to any revolving credit arrangement) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the
Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence, repayment, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; and

  
 (2) any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition
(including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset
Acquisition) incurring Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated Cash Operating Income (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) associated with
any such Asset Acquisition) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence
of, or assumption of liability for, any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. 
  
 If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to
the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. 
  
 In calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio: 
  
 (1)
interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such
Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; 
  

 -6- 

 (2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may
optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during
the Four-Quarter Period; and 
  
 (3)
notwithstanding clause (1) or (2) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting
after giving effect to the operation of those agreements. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” for any period means the sum, without duplication, of the total interest expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP and including, without duplication, 
  
 (1) imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, 
  
 (2) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’
acceptance financing and receivables financings, 
  
 (3) the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations, 
  
 (4) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses, 
  
 (5) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations, 
  
 (6) all other non-cash interest expense, 
  
 (7) capitalized interest, 
  
 (8) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or
any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any such Disqualified Equity Interests or any Preferred Stock held by the Issuer or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or to the extent paid in Qualified Equity Interests), multiplied
by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, expressed as a decimal,

  
 (9) all interest payable with respect to
discontinued operations, and 
  
 (10) all
interest on any Indebtedness described in clause (7) or (8) of the definition of Indebtedness, (provided that the interest on the Indebtedness referred to in the first paragraph of Note H of the Issuer’s 2003 audited financial statements
(so long as the 
  

 -7- 

 amount of such Indebtedness does not materially increase after the Issue Date) shall not be included in
the interest referred to in this clause (10)). 
  
 Consolidated
Interest Expense shall be calculated excluding unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” for any period means the net income (or loss) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication: 
  
 (1) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by the Issuer or any of its
Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; 
  
 (2) except to the extent includible in the consolidated net income of the Issuer pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary during such
period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary during such period, except that the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining Consolidated
Net Income; 
  
 (4) for the purposes of
calculating the Restricted Payments Basket only, in the case of a successor to the Issuer by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any income (or loss) of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets;

  
 (5) other than for purposes of calculating
the Restricted Payments Basket, any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized during such period by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon (a) the acquisition
of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Asset Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (6) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to
GAAP; 
  
 (7) unrealized gains and losses with
respect to Hedging Obligations; 
  

 -8- 

 (8) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles; and 
  
 (9) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or extraordinary
or nonrecurring loss), together with any related provision for taxes on any such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or the tax effect of any such extraordinary or nonrecurring loss), realized by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during such
period. 
  
 In addition, any return of capital with respect to an
Investment that increased the Restricted Payments Basket pursuant to clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of Section 4.12 or decreased the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted
Investments” shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket. 
  
 For purposes of this definition of “Consolidated Net Income,” “nonrecurring” means any gain or loss occurring or recognized as
of any date that is not reasonably likely to recur within the two years following such date; provided that if there was a gain or loss similar to such gain or loss within the two years preceding such date, such gain or loss shall not be
deemed nonrecurring; provided, further that any gains or losses of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries associated with the transactions described under “The Plan of Reorganization” in the Offering Memorandum shall be
deemed to be nonrecurring. 
  
 “Consolidated
Revenue” for any period means the revenue of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such revenue (to the
extent otherwise included therein), without duplication: 
  
 (1) the revenue of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal
to any such revenue has actually been received by the Issuer or any of its Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; 
  
 (2) except to the extent includible in the consolidated revenue of the Issuer pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), the revenue of any
Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary; and 
  
 (3) the revenue of any
Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary during such period. 
  
 “Control Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by,
or is under common control with such 
  

 -9- 

 Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making equity or debt
investments in portfolio companies. 
  
 “Corporate Trust
Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 135 S. LaSalle Street—Suite 1960, Chicago, Illinois, 60603, Attention: Corporate Trust Services Division, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written
notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered. 
  
 “Coverage Ratio Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, Capital Expenditures for such period minus the amount of expenditures
made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of cash purchases of data for Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Coverage Ratio Exception” has the meaning set forth in the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 4.10. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit (including any notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including Hedging Obligations related to the
Indebtedness incurred thereunder)), in each case as such facilities may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, refinanced, replaced or otherwise restructured, in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount
of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) with respect to all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement
agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
  
 “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 “Data Selection Amount” for any period means the amount of
revenue of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries recognized for accounting purposes by reason of selections of data from the data library by customers during such period. 
  
 “Deadline” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Default” means (1) any Event of Default or (2) any event,
act or condition that, after notice or the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default. 
  
 “Deferred Revenue Amount” for any period means the amount of revenue of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that
is not recognized for accounting purposes due to the fact that data selections from the data library relating to such revenue have not yet been made. 
  
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other
applicable statute or regulation. 
  

 -10- 

 “Designation” has the meaning given to this term in Section 4.17. 
  
 “Designation Amount” has the meaning given to this term in
Section 4.17. 
  
 “Disqualified Equity Interests”
of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of any event or the
passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to
the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to
the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible, puttable
or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not
Disqualified Equity Interests; provided, further, however, that any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into
or for which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the Issuer to redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change of control occurring prior to the final maturity date of the Notes shall
not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the change of control provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are no more favorable to such holders than the provisions set forth in Section 4.09 and Section 4.16 respectively, and such Equity
Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Issuer’s purchase of the Notes as required pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 4.09 and Section 4.16
respectively. 
  
 “Equity Interests” of any
Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not
currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person. 
  
 “Escrow Agent” means LaSalle Bank National Association, as escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Escrow Agreement” means the escrow and pledge agreement
dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, the Escrow Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Trustee. 
  
 “Escrow Funds” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Excess Cash Flow” means, for any fiscal year of the Issuer, the sum, without duplication, of 

 
 (a) Consolidated Cash Operating Income for such fiscal year, plus

  

 -11- 

 (b) extraordinary cash gains or cash gains from Asset Sales, if any, during such fiscal year not included
in Consolidated Net Income, plus 
  
 (c) the amount, if
any, by which Net Working Capital decreased during such fiscal year, minus 
  
 (d) the amount of any cash income taxes payable by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such fiscal year, minus 
  
 (e) Consolidated Interest Expense for such fiscal year, to the extent paid in cash during such fiscal year, minus

  
 (f) Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Equity Interests
of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case made in cash during such fiscal year (excluding the financed portion thereof), minus 
  
 (g) permanent repayments of Indebtedness made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (including payments of principal in
respect of revolving loans to the extent there is an equivalent reduction in the revolving commitments under any Credit Facility); but only to the extent such repayments do not occur in connection with a refinancing of all or any portion of the
loans under the Credit Facility, if any; minus 
  
 (h) the
amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital increased during such fiscal year, minus 
  
 (i) extraordinary cash losses or cash losses from Asset Sales, if any, during such fiscal year not included in Consolidated Net Income. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange
Offer” means an offer that may be made by the Issuer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend for the Exchange Notes. 
  
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities
relating to such asset) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction, as such price is determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or a duly authorized committee thereof, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board or committee. 
  
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which (i) is not organized under the laws of (x) the United States or
any state thereof or (y) the District of 
  

 -12- 

 Columbia and (ii) conducts substantially all of its business operations outside the United States of America. 

 
 “Four-Quarter Period” has the meaning given to such term
in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.” 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as in effect on the Issue Date. 
  
 “guarantee” means a direct or indirect guarantee by any
Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person and includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) Indebtedness of such other
Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary
course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee
against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); “guarantee,” when used as a verb, and “guaranteed” have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Guarantee Performance Date” means a date no later than the 10th day next following the expiration of the
Stockholder Warrants. 
  
 “Guarantors” means each
Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Foreign Subsidiary) of the Issuer on the Issue Date, and each other Person that is required to, or at the election of the Issuer does, become a Guarantor by the terms of this Indenture after the Issue Date, in
each case, until such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements
or arrangements dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies. 
  
 “Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of the Notes. 
  
 “incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or Obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or Obligation; provided that (1) the Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary shall
be deemed to have been incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the accrual of interest, the accretion of original issue discount or the accretion or accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness. 
  

 -13- 

 “Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: 
  
 (1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); 
  
 (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
  
 (3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect
of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions; 
  
 (4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, except trade payables and
accrued expenses incurred by such Person in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services; 
  
 (5) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person; 
  
 (6) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

  
 (7) all Indebtedness of others secured by a
Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; 
  
 (8) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; provided that Indebtedness of the Issuer
or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the Issuer or the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall only be counted once in the calculation of the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; 
  
 (9) all Attributable Indebtedness; 
  
 (10) to the extent not otherwise included in this
definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person; and 
  
 (11) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person. 
  
 The amount of any Indebtedness which is incurred at a discount to the principal amount at maturity thereof as of any date shall be deemed to have been
incurred at the accreted value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for
any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (7), the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of any asset subject to a Lien securing the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Lien attaches and (b) the amount of the
Indebtedness secured. For purposes of clause (5), the “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Equity Interests that do not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be 
  

 -14- 

 calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Equity Interests as if such Disqualified Equity Interests
were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. 
  
 “Independent Director” means a director of the Issuer who

  
 (1) is independent with respect to the
transaction at issue; 
  
 (2) does not have any
material financial interest in the Issuer or any of its Affiliates (other than as a result of holding securities of the Issuer); and 
  
 (3) has not and whose Affiliates or affiliated firm has not, at any time during the twelve months prior to the taking of any action
hereunder, directly or indirectly, received, or entered into any understanding or agreement to receive, any compensation, payment or other benefit, of any type or form, from the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, other than customary directors’
fees for serving on the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any Affiliate and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses for attendance at the Issuer’s or Affiliate’s board and board committee meetings. 
  
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and disinterested and independent with
respect to the Issuer and its Affiliates. 
  
 “Initial
Global Notes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.02. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means UBS Securities LLC and Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” or
“IAI” means an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes. 
  
 “Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an
installment of interest on the Notes. 
  
 “Investments” of any Person means: 
  
 (1) all direct or indirect investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions or other credit extensions constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any
guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person; 
  

 -15- 

 (2) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of
Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any other Person (other than any such purchase that constitutes a Restricted Payment of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof); 
  
 (3) all other items that would be classified as investments
on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (including, if required by GAAP, purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business); and 
  
 (4) the Designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment
(other than an Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. The amount of Investment pursuant to clause (4) shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with Section 4.17. If the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiary issues any Equity Interests, in either case, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or
disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and all other Investments in such
Restricted Subsidiary retained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchases or redemptions of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall be deemed not to be Investments. 
  

“Issue Date” means July 2, 2004, the date on which the Notes are originally issued. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed
of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, lease, easement, restriction, covenant, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind or nature in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under
applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement. 
  
 “Maturity Date” means July 15, 2011. 
  
 “Mellon” means Mellon HBV Alternative Strategies LLC. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors. 
  
 “Net Available Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset
Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, net of 
  
 (1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees, discounts and expenses of legal counsel, accountants and investment banks, consultants and placement agents) of such Asset Sale; 
  
 (2) provisions for taxes payable as a result of such Asset
Sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); 
  

 -16- 

 (3) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale or having a Lien thereon; 
  
 (4) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within 30 days after
the date of, such Asset Sale; and 
  
 (5)
appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment in the sale price of such asset or assets or liabilities associated with such
Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including pensions and other postemployment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any
indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that any amounts remaining after adjustments, revaluations or liquidations of
such reserves shall constitute Net Available Proceeds. 
  
 “Net Working Capital” means, as of any date, (a) the consolidated current assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding cash and Cash Equivalents) minus (b) the consolidated current
liabilities of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding current liabilities in respect of Indebtedness), in each case determined in accordance with GAAP. Net Working Capital at any date may be a positive or negative number.
Net Working Capital increases when it becomes more positive or less negative and decreases when it becomes less positive or more negative. 
  
 “Non-Monetary Exchange” means the grant by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to a customer of a non-exclusive license to selected
data from the data library in exchange for ownership of separate seismic data supplied by such customer. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary: 
  
 (1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 
  
 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Credit Facilities or Notes) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default
on the other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and 
  
 (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the Equity Interests or assets of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

 -17- 

 “Non-U.S. Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S. 
  
 “Note Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of
the Issuer’s payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Notes” means, collectively, the Issuer’s 113⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011 issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on
the Issue Date, issued as Additional Notes, issued as Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, or otherwise issued after the Issue Date) treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligation” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the
Issuer relating to the Notes issued on the Issue Date dated June 28, 2004. 
  
 “Officer” means any of the following of the Issuer: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer
or the Secretary. 
  
 “Officers’
Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee. 
  
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable. 
  
 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Permitted Business” means the businesses engaged in by the
Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date as described in the Offering Memorandum. 
  
 “Permitted Holder” means if, as of the date of the Release, Mellon owns in excess of 30% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, then Mellon and its Control Investment Affiliates (it being understood that
if Mellon, as of the date of the Release, owns 30% or less of such Voting Stock, there shall not be any Permitted Holders). 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means: 
  
 (1) Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in (a) any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) in any Person that will become
immediately after such Invest 
  

 18 

 ment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) Investments in the Issuer by
any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (3) loans and
advances to directors, employees and officers of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business purposes and to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer not in excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (4) Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (4) of
the second paragraph of Section 4.10; 
  
 (5)
cash and Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (6) receivables
owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such
concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 
  
 (7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon
the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; 
  
 (8) Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.16; 
  
 (9) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the
ordinary course of business; 
  
 (10) Investments
made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for consideration consisting only of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer; 
  
 (11) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; and 
  
 (12) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding (with each Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value).

  
 The amount of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to
clause (12) above shall be deemed to be reduced: 
  
 (a) upon the disposition or repayment of or return on any Investment made pursuant to clause (12) above, by an amount equal to the return of capital with respect to such Investment to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent
not included in 
  

 -19- 

 the computation of Consolidated Net Income), less the cost of the disposition of such investment and net
of taxes; and 
  
 (b) upon a Redesignation of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such Redesignation, and (y) the aggregate amount
of Investments in such Subsidiary that increased (and did not previously decrease) the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (12) above. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 
  
 (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b)
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP; 
  
 (2) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers,
warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if
any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof; 
  
 (3) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders,
statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); 
  
 (4) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods
and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

 
 (5) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default
so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which the proceedings may be initiated has not
expired; 
  
 (6) easements, rights-of-way, zoning
restrictions and other similar charges, restrictions or encumbrances in respect of real property or immaterial imperfections of title which do not, in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer
and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 
  
 (7) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other assets relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
  

 -20- 

 (8) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory,
regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including surety bonds in an amount not to exceed approximately $160,000 issued by Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, or any replacement
therefor, issued and continued on behalf of the Issuer and one or more Subsidiaries), including rights of offset and setoff; 
  
 (9) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in
one or more accounts maintained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with
respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any
Indebtedness; 
  
 (10) leases or subleases
granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (11) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; 
  
 (12) Liens securing all of the Notes and Liens securing any
Note Guarantee; 
  
 (13) Liens existing on the
Issue Date securing Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date; 
  
 (14) Liens in favor of the Issuer or a Guarantor; 
  
 (15) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.10; 
  
 (16) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness and
Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that such Liens shall not extend to any asset other than the specified asset being financed and additions and improvements thereon; 
  
 (17) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided
that the Liens do not extend to assets not subject to such Liens at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing such Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such
Acquired Indebtedness by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (18) Liens on assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and not created in anticipation or contemplation
thereof); 
  

 -21- 

 (19) Liens to secure Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness secured by Liens referred
to in the foregoing clauses (13), (16), (17) and (18); provided that in the case of Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (16), (17) and (18), such Liens do not extend to
any additional assets (other than improvements thereon and replacements thereof); 
  
 (20) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; 
  
 (21) Liens to secure Attributable Indebtedness and/or that
are incurred pursuant to Section 4.18; provided that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets which are the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which
the Attributable Indebtedness is incurred; 
  
 (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; and 
  
 (23) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with
respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not in the aggregate exceed $2.5 million at any one time outstanding. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind. 
  

“Plan of Liquidation” with respect to any Person, means a plan that provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is
preceded or accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or otherwise): (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person otherwise than as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety; and (2) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the remaining assets of such Person to holders of Equity Interests
of such Person. 
  
 “Preferred Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, any and all preferred or preference stock or other equity interests (however designated) of such Person whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date. 
  
 “principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes.

  
 “Private Exchange” has the meaning given to
it in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Private
Exchange Notes” has the meaning given to it in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 -22- 

 “Private Placement Legend” means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the
form set forth in Exhibit B. 
  
 “Purchase Money
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of property, plant or equipment used in the
business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or improvement thereof; provided, however, that (1) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost and (2) such
Indebtedness shall be incurred not later than 90 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or such installation, construction or improvement. 
  
 “Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of the Issuer other than Disqualified Equity Interests;
provided that such Equity Interests shall not be deemed Qualified Equity Interests to the extent sold or owed to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the
Issuer until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid or (2) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or benefit plan).

  
 “Qualified Equity Offering” means the
issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer to Persons other than any Permitted Holder or any other Person who is not, prior to such issuance and sale, an Affiliate of the Issuer, other than in connection with a transaction or
series of transactions constituting a Change of Control. 
  
 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Record Date” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the
Record Date shall be the first day immediately succeeding such specified day that is a Business Day. 
  
 “redeem” means to redeem, repurchase, purchase, defease, retire, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire for value; and
“redemption” shall have a correlative meaning; provided that this definition shall not apply for purposes of Section 6 of the Notes or Article Three. 
  
 “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such
redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 “Redesignation” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 4.17. 
  
 “refinance” means to refinance,
repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund. 
  

 -23- 

 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
issued in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used, within 90 days of such issuance or receipt of such proceeds, to redeem or refinance in whole or in part, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (the “Refinanced
Indebtedness”); provided that: 
  
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, as the case may be) of the Refinanced Indebtedness plus
the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Refinanced Indebtedness, any premium paid to the holders of the Refinanced Indebtedness and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness; 

 
 (2) the obligor of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not
include any Person (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) that is not an obligor of the Refinanced Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, then such
Refinancing Indebtedness, by its terms, is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the Refinanced Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final stated maturity
either (a) no earlier than the final stated maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid or amended or (b) after the maturity date of the Notes; and 
  
 (5) the portion, if any, of the Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid that is scheduled to mature on
or prior to the maturity date of the Notes. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into
in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering after the Issue Date. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any
corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
  
 “Restricted Payment” means any of the following: 

 
 (1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any
other distribution on Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the di 
  

 -24- 

 rect or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer but excluding (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests or through accretion or
accumulation of such dividends on such Equity Interests and (b) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary and pro rata dividends or distributions payable to
minority stockholders of any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) the redemption of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer but excluding any such Equity Interests
held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (3) any Investment other than a Permitted Investment; or 
  
 (4) any redemption prior to the scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal or sinking fund payment, as the case may be, in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness. 
  
 “Restricted Payments Basket” has the meaning given to such
term in the first paragraph of Section 4.12. 
  
 “Restricted Security” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Security” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to
request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors. 
  
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means with respect to any Person an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing
for the leasing by such Person of any asset of such Person which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the
security of such asset. 
  
 “SEC” means the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Secretary’s
Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer. 
  

 -25- 

 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Securities Intermediary” has the meaning assigned to such
term in the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Securities Account
Control Agreement” means the securities account control agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary. 
  
 “Security Documents” means the Escrow Agreement and the Securities Account Control Agreement. 

 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means (1) any Restricted
Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all
other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any event described in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing, or which are being released from their Guarantees (in the case of
Section 9.02(b)(9)), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition. 
  
 “Special Mandatory Redemption Date” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Special Mandatory Redemption Price” has the meaning
assigned thereto in the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal is scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not
include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  

“Stockholder Warrants” means the warrants to purchase the Issuer’s common stock described in the Offering Memorandum. 

 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
  

(1) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power
of the Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other
Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
  

 -26- 

 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which
is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
  
 Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
  
 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning given
to such term in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Transaction
Date” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.” 
  
 “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor and any and all subsequent successors. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by
the Board of Directors of the Issuer in accordance with Section 4.17 and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for
the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 
  
 “U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the
payment of public and private debts. 
  
 “Voting
Stock” with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity interest has voting
power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of years obtained by dividing (1) the
sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
  
 “Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of which 100% of the Equity Interests
(except for directors’ qualifying shares or certain minority interests owned by other Persons solely due to local law requirements that there be more than one stockholder, but which interest is not in excess of what is required for such
purpose) are owned directly by the Issuer or through one or more Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  

 -27- 

 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in Section

	 “Additional Notes”
	  	2.02
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.14
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.09
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.09
	 “Change of Control Purchase Price”
	  	4.09
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Coverage Ratio Exception”
	  	4.10
	 “Designation”
	  	4.17
	 “Designation Amount”
	  	4.17
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Cash Flow Amount”
	  	4.22
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer”
	  	4.22
	 “Excess Cash Flow Payment Date”
	  	4.22
	 “Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price”
	  	4.22
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.16
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.01
	 “Guarantee Obligations”
	  	10.01
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.01
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Net Proceeds Deficiency”
	  	4.16
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	  	4.16
	 “Net Proceeds Payment Date”
	  	4.16
	 “Offer Excess Amount”
	  	4.22
	 “Offered Price”
	  	4.16
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness Price”
	  	4.16
	 “Participants”
	  	2.15
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Amount”
	  	4.16
	 “Permitted Indebtedness”
	  	4.10
	 “Physical Notes”
	  	2.01
	 “Redesignation”
	  	4.17
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.01
	 “Restricted Payments Basket”
	  	4.12
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption”
	  	3.07
	 “Successor”
	  	5.01
	 “Transaction Date”
	  	1.01

  

 -28- 

 SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act,
such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 
  
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder. 
  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional
trustee” means the Trustee. 
  
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes. 
  
 All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
  
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in
the plural include the singular; 
  
 (5)
provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
  
 (6) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 
  
 (7) the words “including,” “includes”
and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” 
  

 -29- 

 ARTICLE TWO 
  
 THE NOTES 
  
 SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. 
  
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuer
shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication. Each Note shall have an executed Note Guarantee from each of the
Guarantors existing on the Issue Date endorsed thereon substantially in the form of Exhibit E. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to
the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a single permanent global Note in
registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer (and having an executed Note Guarantee from
each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a single temporary global Note in
registered form, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer (and having an executed Note
Guarantee from each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B. After the expiration of the “distribution compliance period” (as
defined in Regulation S) and the certification required by Regulation S, each Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchangeable for a single permanent global Note in registered form, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the
“Permanent Regulation S Global Note,” and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the
Issuer (and having an executed Note Guarantee from each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B. 
  
 The initial offer and resale of the Notes shall not be to an Institutional
Accredited Investor. The Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors in connection with the first transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(a) shall be issued initially in the form of a single permanent Global Note in registered form,
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “IAI Global Note,” and, together with the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note, the “Initial Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as
custodian for the Depository, duly 
  

 -30- 

 executed by the Issuer (and having an executed Note Guarantee from each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B. 
  
 Notes issued after the Issue Date shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set
forth in Exhibit A, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer (and having an executed Note Guarantee from each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter
provided and shall bear any legends required by applicable law (together with the Initial Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) or as Physical Notes. 
  
 The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on
the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided. Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in
substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A and bearing the applicable legends, if any (the “Physical Notes”). 
  
 SECTION 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes; Exchange Notes.  
  
 One Officer of the Issuer (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for
such Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. One Officer of a Guarantor (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Note Guarantee for such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note or Note Guarantee, as the case may
be, was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note (and the Note Guarantees in respect thereof) shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually
signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee shall authenticate (i) on the Issue Date, Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $193,000,000 (the
“Initial Notes”), (ii) additional Notes (the “Additional Notes”) having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes, except for issue date, issue price and first interest payment date, in an unlimited amount
(so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10) and (iii) Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes (x) in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or (y) in exchange for
a like principal amount of Additional Notes in each case upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of a certificate of an Officer of the Issuer (an “Authentication Order”). Each such Authentication Order shall specify the
amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Notes, Private Exchange Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as certificated
Notes or Global Notes or such other information as the 
  

 -31- 

 Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, with respect to authentication pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of the first
sentence of this paragraph, the first such Authentication Order from the Issuer shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. 
  
 All Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for
all purposes under this Indenture. The Additional Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall bear any legend required by applicable law, stock exchange rule or usage. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise
provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under this Indenture if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may
not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability. 
  
 The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. 
  
 SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Issuer shall maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency in
the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or Chicago, Illinois, where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (b) Notes may, subject to Section 2 of the Notes, be
presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve
the Issuer of its obligation to maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or Chicago, Illinois, for such purposes. The Issuer may act as Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the
purposes of Article Eight, neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer, upon notice to the Trustee, may have one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer
initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed. 
  
 The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions
of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of 
  

 -32- 

 any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. 

 
 SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust. 
  
 The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the
Issuer or any Subsidiary to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets
have been distributed to it by the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent
to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute
all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for
such assets. 
  
 SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as
the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar
with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements
for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly
executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service
charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
  
 Without the prior written consent of the Issuer, the Registrar shall not be
required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (ii)
selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, and 
  

 -33- 

 (iii) beginning at the opening of business on any Record Date and ending on the close of business on the related Interest
Payment Date. 
  
 Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) in accordance with
the applicable legends thereon, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system. 
  
 SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Issuer and the Trustee, to protect
the Issuer, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee. 
  
 Every replacement Note shall be an additional obligation of the Issuer and every replacement Note Guarantee shall constitute an additional obligation of the Guarantor thereof. 
  
 The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies
with respect to the replacement or payment of lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 
  
 Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease
to be outstanding because the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates hold the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09). 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

  
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under
Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations
sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
  

 -34- 

 SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or
consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded. 
  
 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until
definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate
for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and
privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form. 
  
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. 
  
 The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the
Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered
to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11. 
  
 SECTION 2.12.
Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Issuer defaults in a payment
of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent
special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such
subsequent special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted
interest, if any, to be paid. 
  

 -35- 

 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 
  
 The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use the
“CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
“CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the
“CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers. 
  
 SECTION 2.14. Deposit of
Moneys. 
  
 Subject to Section 2 of the Notes, prior to 10:00
a.m. Chicago time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to
make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to
the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be. 
  
 SECTION 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 
  
 (a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee
as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B, as applicable. 
  
 Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Participants”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note
held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for
all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the
Depository or impair, as between the Depository and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 
  
 (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or
their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, Physical
Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if the Depository notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to act as Depository for any Global Note, the Issuer so notifies the
Trustee in writing and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice. Upon any issuance of a Physical Note in accordance with this Section 2.15(b), the Trustee is required to register such 
  

 -36- 

 Physical Note in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons (or the nominee of any
thereof). All such Physical Notes shall bear the applicable legends, if any. 
  
 (c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Registrar shall (if one or more
Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the
Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred.

  
 (d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an
entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and (i) the Issuer shall execute, (ii) the Guarantors shall execute notations of Note
Guarantees on and (iii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuer authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate
principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations. 
  
 (e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private
Placement Legend. 
  
 (f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant
proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions. 
  
 (a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The
following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB: 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the
Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Issue Date; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or
portion thereof, at any time on or prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and any legal opinions and
certifications as may be reasonably requested by the Trustee and the Issuer; 
  
 (ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the IAI Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar
of the Physical Note and (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and 
  

 -37- 

 (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above (and any legal opinion
or other certifications), the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be
transferred, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and 
  
 (iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x)
written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on
its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interests are to be transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the
principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred. 
  
 (b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to a
QIB: 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register the
transfer of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Issue Date; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor any
Affiliate of the Issuer has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, at any time on or prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date or (y) such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box
provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification
provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and
that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant
to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 
  
 (ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the
Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the 144A Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and written instructions given in accordance with the
Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its book and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount
of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and 
  

 -38- 

 (iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer an interest in the
IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its
books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the
principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred. 
  
 (c) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the
registration of any proposed transfer of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note: 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, whether or not such Global Note
bears the Private Placement Legend if the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E stating, among other things, that the proposed transferee is a Non-U.S. Person (except for a
transfer to an Initial Purchaser); 
  
 (ii) if
the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i)(x) above, if required, and instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the
Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and amount of such transfer of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. 
  
 (d) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person
under Regulation S: 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall
register any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information as
the Trustee or the Issuer may reasonably request; and 
  
 (ii) (a) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note or the Note to be transferred consists of Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the
documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Rule
144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred or cancel the Physical
Notes to be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books
and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note or the Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred.

  

 -39- 

 (e) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Global Notes and/or Physical Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Global Notes or Physical Notes, as the case may be, tendered for acceptance in accordance with the Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the
Exchange Offer. 
  
 (f) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange
of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another
nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
  
 (g) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend unless otherwise
required by applicable law, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear
the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in
order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been offered and sold (including pursuant to the Exchange Offer) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
  
 (h) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

  
 The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and
other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 or Section 2.16. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of
reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 
  
 The Trustee shall
have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers
between or among Depository Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
  
 The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the actions or omissions of the Depository, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depository.

  

 -40- 

 (i) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a
particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in
accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another
Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  

ARTICLE THREE 
  
 REDEMPTION 
  
 SECTION 3.01.
Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Issuer elects to redeem
Notes pursuant to Section 6 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the Trustee at least 45
days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), together with such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. 
  
 The Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis
or on as nearly a pro rata basis as practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depository) unless that method is otherwise prohibited. 
  
 No Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. 
  
 SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to
each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address (except that a notice issued in connection with a redemption referred to in Section 8.01 may be more than 60 days before such Redemption Date). At the Issuer’s request, the
Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and shall state: 
  
 (1) the Redemption Date; 
  

 -41- 

 (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

  
 (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

  
 (4) that Notes called for redemption must be
surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any; 
  
 (5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and
after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed; 
  
 (6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of
the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

  
 (7) the identification of the particular
Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and 
  
 (8) the Section of the Notes or this Indenture, as
applicable, pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed. 
  
 The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder
of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Except with respect to redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the Notes, notices of redemption may not be
conditional. 
  
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

 
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes
called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price
(which shall include accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on
the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption unless the Issuer shall have not complied with its obligations pursuant to Section 3.05. 
  

 -42- 

 SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
  
 On or before 10:00 a.m. Chicago time on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal
Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date. 
  
 If the Issuer complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if
any, interest on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. 
  

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
  
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to
be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon surrender and cancellation of the original Note or Notes. 
  
 SECTION 3.07. Special Mandatory Redemption; Notices to Trustee and Security Intermediary.
 
  
 If the Escrow Funds have not been released to the Trustee
for distribution in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement on or before the Deadline, then the Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent thereof and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that all outstanding Notes will be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”), which Special Mandatory Redemption will comply with all terms and
conditions hereof and the Escrow Agreement. Simultaneously with the giving of such notice by the Issuer to the Trustee, the Issuer shall notify the Securities Intermediary thereof pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 SECTION 3.08. Notice of Special Mandatory Redemption to Holders. 
  
 Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be promptly mailed by
first-class mail by the Issuer to the Securities Intermediary at the address set forth in the Escrow Agreement and to each Holder of Notes at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar. 

 
 The notice shall state that all the Notes will be redeemed (including the
CUSIP or ISIN numbers thereof) and shall state: 
  
 (1) the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; 
  
 (2) the Special Mandatory Redemption Price; 
  
 (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  

 -43- 

 (4) that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

  
 (5) that unless the Issuer defaults in making
the redemption payment, interest on the Notes ceases to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and 
  
 (6) that Section 5 of the Notes is the provision pursuant to which the Notes are being redeemed. 
  
 SECTION 3.09. Effect of Notice of Special Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.08 is mailed, the Notes
will become due and payable on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, the Notes shall be paid at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. 
  
 SECTION 3.10. Deposit of Special Mandatory Redemption Price. 
  
 On or prior to 10:00 A.M., Chicago time, on the Special Mandatory Redemption
Date, the Issuer shall direct the Securities Intermediary, pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Escrow Agreement, to deposit with the Paying Agent the applicable Special Mandatory Redemption Price. 
  
 On and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if money sufficient to
pay the applicable Special Mandatory Redemption Price shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of the Notes will be to receive
payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Special Mandatory Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the
Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 3.11. Other Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, other than a Special Mandatory Redemption.

  
 ARTICLE FOUR 
  
 COVENANTS 
  
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Issuer shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes, the Registration Rights
Agreement and this Indenture. An installment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds on 
  

 -44- 

 that date U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on the Notes will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal (including, without limitation, post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the
Notes. 
  
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
or Chicago, Illinois, the office or agency required under Section 2.03 (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar). The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in
the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be
made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02. 
  
 The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.
The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Issuer hereby initially designates LaSalle Bank National Association, with offices located at 135 S. LaSalle
Street—Suite 1960, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Attention: Corporate Trust Services Division, as such office of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03. 
  
 SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence. 
  
 Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Restricted Subsidiary and the material rights
(charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Issuer and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise or corporate existence with respect
to itself or any Restricted Subsidiary, if the loss thereof would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and the Guarantors, taken as a whole. 
  
 SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes. 
  
 The Issuer and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before
the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of it or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and
(b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a liability or Lien upon the property of it or any of the Re- 
  

 -45- 

 stricted Subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and the
Guarantors taken as a whole; provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount the applicability or
validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and for which appropriate provision has been made, or any such tax, assessment, charge or claim that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer
and the Guarantors taken as a whole. 
  
 SECTION 4.05. Maintenance of
Properties and Insurance. 
  
 (a) The Issuer shall cause all
material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working
order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all repairs, renewals, replacements, and betterments thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly
and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such
properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, and if such discontinuance or disposal would not, individually or in the
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuer or the Guarantors to perform each of their respective obligations hereunder; provided, further, that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing or disposing of any properties to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default. 
  
 (a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Issuer, an Officers’ Certificate stating that
a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations
under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer and the Guarantors during such preceding fiscal year have kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall specify
such Default and what action, if any, the Issuer has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee if the Issuer elects to change the manner in which it fixes the fiscal year
end. 
  
 (b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee promptly and
in any event within seven days after any Officer of the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default and what action, if any, the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto. 
  

 -46- 

 SECTION 4.07. Conduct of Business. 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the Permitted
Business. 
  
 SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

  
 The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent
permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive such Issuer
or such Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes or the Note Guarantee of any such Guarantor as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  
 SECTION 4.09. Change of Control. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require that the Issuer purchase that Holder’s Notes
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer (the “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer to pay an amount in cash (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the
principal amount of Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice to each Holder describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to purchase Notes on the date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days
and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures described below. Such notice shall state: 
  
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be
accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the Change of
Control Price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the
form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at 
  

 -47- 

 the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the
Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; and 
  
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal
to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof). 
  
 On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer; 
  
 (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent
U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
  
 (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. 
  
 The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Purchase Price for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book
entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer
on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this
Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
  
 The Issuer shall cause the Change of Control Offer to remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as
may be required by law. The Issuer will comply, and will cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with a Change of Control Offer. 
  

 -48- 

 To the extent the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this
Section 4.09, the Issuer will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.09 by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations. 
  
 SECTION 4.10. Limitations on Additional Indebtedness. 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness; provided that the Issuer or
any Guarantor may incur Subordinated Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Acquired Indebtedness, in each case, if, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 (the
“Coverage Ratio Exception”). 
  
 Notwithstanding
the above, each of the following shall be permitted (“Permitted Indebtedness”): 
  
 (1) Indebtedness of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary under the Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding
not to exceed the greater of (x) $35.0 million and (y) the sum of (i) 60% of the net book value of accounts receivable of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such time and (ii) $20.0 million; 
  
 (2) the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Note
Guarantees and the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees in respect thereof to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness
referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above, and after giving effect to the intended use of proceeds of the Notes); 
  
 (4) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations for bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not for the
purpose of speculation; provided that if such Hedging Obligations are of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, (a) such Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred
by this Section 4.10, and (b) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate; 
  
 (5) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to a Restricted
Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or such Indebtedness
being owed to any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (5); 
  
 (6) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety
bonds issued for the account of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect 
  

 -49- 

 to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety obligations (in each case other than for
an obligation for money borrowed); 
  
 (7)
Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $7.5 million; 
  
 (8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or
other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; 
  
 (9) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (10) Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or clause (2) or (3) above;

  
 (11) indemnification, adjustment of purchase
price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, other
than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition; provided that (a) any amount of such
obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (11) and (b) in the case of a disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such obligations
outstanding under this clause (11) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and 
  
 (12) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0
million at any time outstanding. 
  
 For purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (12) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the
Coverage Ratio Exception, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness and may divide and classify such Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described, except that Indebtedness incurred under the
Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred under clause (1) above, and may later reclassify any item of Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (12) above (provided that at the time of reclassification it
meets the criteria in such category or categories). In addition, for purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.10, guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations supporting Indebtedness otherwise included
in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included so long as incurred by a Person that could have incurred such Indebtedness. 
  

 -50- 

 SECTION 4.11. Limitations on Layering Indebtedness. 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, to the same extent and in the same
manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. 
  
 For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such
holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them. 
  

	SECTION	4.12. Limitations on Restricted Payments. 

  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such
Restricted Payment: 
  
 (1) a Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof; 
  
 (2) the Issuer cannot incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or 
  
 (3) the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date
(other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) of the next paragraph), exceeds the sum (the “Restricted Payments Basket”) of (without duplication): 
  
 (a) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as
one accounting period) commencing on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to and including the last day of the first full fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which consolidated
financial statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit), plus 
  
 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer either (x) as contributions to the common equity of the Issuer after
the Issue Date or (y) from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests after the Issue Date, other than (A) any such proceeds which are used to redeem Notes in accordance with Section 6 of the Notes, or (B) any such proceeds or assets
received from a Subsidiary of the Issuer and (C) any such proceeds which have been received from the exercise of the Stockholder Warrants or the purchase of shares of the 
  

 -51- 

 Issuer’s common stock on the Guaranty Performance Date pursuant to the Standby Purchase Agreement,
plus 
  
 (c) the aggregate amount by which
Indebtedness (other than any Subordinated Indebtedness) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date is reduced on the Issuer’s balance sheet upon conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the
Issuer) into Qualified Equity Interests (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of assets, distributed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange), plus 
  
 (d) in the case of the disposition or repayment of or return
on any Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash or other property (valued at the Fair Market Value thereof) as the return of capital with respect to such Investment and (ii) the amount of such Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment, in either
case, less the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes, plus 
  
 (e) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the
Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such Redesignation, and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary to the extent such Investments reduced the Restricted Payments Basket
and were not previously repaid or otherwise reduced. 
  
 The
foregoing provisions will not prohibit: 
  
 (1)
the payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if on the date of declaration the payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) the redemption of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Equity Interests; 
  
 (3) the redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Equity Interests or (b) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10 and the
other terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (4) the
redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon their death, disability, retirement,
severance or termination of employment or service; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for all such redemptions shall not exceed $1.0 million during any calendar year 
  

 -52- 

 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being usable, without duplication, in the calendar year
following such calendar year (but not in any other calendar year)); 
  
 (5) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof; or 
  
 (6) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $5.0 million; 
  
 provided that (a) in the case of any Restricted
Payment pursuant to clause (3) or (6) above, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence thereof and (b) no issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above shall increase the
Restricted Payments Basket. 
  
 SECTION 4.13. Limitations on Dividend and Other
Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.  
  
 The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to: 
  
 (a) pay dividends or make any
other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests; 
  
 (b) make loans or advances or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (c) transfer any of its assets to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 except for: 
  
 (1) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law; 
  
 (2) encumbrances or restrictions existing under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
  
 (3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (4) encumbrances or restrictions under agreements existing on the date of this Indenture (including, without limitation, the Credit
Facilities) as in effect on that date; 
  
 (5)
restrictions relating to any Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; 
  

 -53- 

 (6) restrictions imposed under any agreement to sell such assets permitted under this
Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale; 
  
 (7) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the
Person so acquired; 
  
 (8) any other agreement
governing Indebtedness entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date; 
  
 (9) customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business
that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person; 
  
 (10) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred in compliance Section 4.10 that imposes restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) above
on the assets acquired; 
  
 (11) encumbrances or
restrictions contained in Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that any such encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being
incurred under the relevant circumstances and do not, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payment on the Notes when due; and 
  
 (12) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any
amendments or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above; provided that such amendments or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no
more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing. 
  
 SECTION 4.14. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions,
sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer or of any
Restricted Subsidiary (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an
arm’s-length basis by the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  

 -54- 

 (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving
aggregate payments in excess of $2.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been
adopted by the Independent Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction; and 
 (b) with respect to any Affiliate
Transaction involving aggregate payments of $5.0 million or more, the certificates described in the preceding clause (a) and a written opinion as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a
financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor to the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
  
 The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: 
  
 (1) transactions exclusively between or among (a) the Issuer and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided, in each case, that no Affiliate of the Issuer (other than another Restricted Subsidiary) owns Equity Interests of any such Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) reasonable director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including
retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements, in each case approved by the Independent Directors; 
  
 (3) the entering into of a tax sharing agreement, or payments pursuant thereto, between the Issuer and/or one or more Subsidiaries, on the
one hand, and any other Person with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are part of a consolidated group for tax purposes to be used by such
Person to pay taxes, and which payments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by them on a stand-alone basis; 
  
 (4) loans and advances permitted by clause (3) of the
definition of “Permitted Investments”; 
  
 (5) Restricted Payments of the type described in clause (1), (2) or (4) of the definition of “Restricted Payment” and which are made in accordance with Section 4.12; 
  
 (6) (x) any agreement in effect on the Issue Date and disclosed in or expressly contemplated by the Offering
Memorandum, as in effect on the Issue Date or any date that it is disclosed in the Offering Memorandum that such agreement shall become effective or as thereafter amended or replaced in any manner, that, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous
to the Holders or the Issuer in any material respect than such agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date or (y) any transaction pursuant to any agreement referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x); 
  

 -55- 

 (7) any transaction with a joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an
Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; provided that no Affiliate of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries other than
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest in such joint venture or similar entity; and 
  
 (8) (a) any transaction with an Affiliate of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary where the only consideration paid by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary is Qualified Equity Interests or (b) the issuance or sale of any Qualified Equity Interests. 
  
 SECTION 4.15. Limitations on Liens. 
  
 The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any
Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) of any nature whatsoever against any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, or any
proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom (other than Permitted Liens) unless contemporaneously therewith: 
  
 (1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Note
Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and 
  
 (2) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated
obligation, 
  
 in each case, for so long as such obligation is secured by such
Lien. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall there
be any Liens on the Escrow Funds, except the Lien of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 4.16. Limitations on Asset Sales. 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least
equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale; and 
  
 (2) at least 75% of the total consideration received in such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents. 
  

 -56- 

 For purposes of clause (2), the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (a) the amount (without duplication) of any Indebtedness
(other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is
unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness, 
  
 (b) the amount of any obligations received from such transferee that are within 30 days converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received), and 

 
 (c) the Fair Market Value of (i) any assets (other than
securities) received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to be used by it in a Permitted Business, (ii) Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted
Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Person by the Issuer or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii). 
  
 If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to clause (b) above in
connection with any Asset Sale is repaid or converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be
deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.16. 
  
 If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, no later than 365 days following the
consummation thereof, apply all or any of the Net Available Proceeds therefrom to: 
  
 (1) repay any Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities; 
  
 (2) repay any Indebtedness which was secured by the assets sold in such Asset Sale; and/or 
  
 (3) (A) invest all or any part of the Net Available Proceeds
thereof in the purchase of assets (other than securities) to be used by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Permitted Business, (B) acquire Qualified Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a
Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition or (C) a combination of (A) and (B). 
  
 The amount of Net Available Proceeds not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 

 
 When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $10.0
million, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase from all Holders and, if applicable, redeem (or make an offer to do so) any Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer the provisions of 
  

 -57- 

 which require the Issuer to redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Sales (or offer to
do so), in an aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds as follows: 
  
 (1) the Issuer will (a) make an offer to purchase (a “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Indenture, and (b) redeem (or make an offer to do so) any such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts of the Notes and such other Indebtedness required to be
redeemed, the maximum principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be redeemed out of the amount (the “Payment Amount”) of such Excess Proceeds; 
  
 (2) the offer price for the Notes will be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
of the Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date such Net Proceeds Offer is consummated (the “Offered Price”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Indenture and the redemption price for such Pari Passu Indebtedness (the “Pari Passu Indebtedness Price”) shall be as set forth in the related documentation governing such Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) if the aggregate Offered Price of Notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes, Notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis; and 
  
 (4) upon completion of such Net Proceeds Offer in accordance
with the foregoing provisions, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to which such Net Proceeds Offer was made shall be deemed to be zero. 
  
 To the extent that the sum of the aggregate Offered Price of Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer and the aggregate Pari Passu Indebtedness
Price paid to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness is less than the Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall constituting a “Net Proceeds Deficiency”), the Issuer may use the Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion
thereof, for general corporate purposes, subject to the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction covered by and effected in accordance with
Article 5, the successor shall be deemed to have sold for cash at Fair Market Value the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this Section 4.16, and the successor shall comply with the provisions of
this Section 4.16 with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale (with such Fair Market Value being deemed to be Net Available Proceeds for such purpose). 
  
 Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to
each Holder at is registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. Any Net Proceeds Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, shall state: 
  

 -58- 

 (1) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section; 
  
 (2) the Payment Amount, the Offered Price, and the date on
which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Net Proceeds Payment Date”); 
  
 (3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment
shall continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that,
unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Net Proceeds Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased
pursuant to any Net Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depository,
if appointed by the Issuer, or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Net Proceeds Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
receives, not later than the Net Proceeds Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note
purchased; 
  
 (7) that if the aggregate
principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only
Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  
 (8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of
the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry). 
  
 On the
Net Proceeds Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, subject to proration if the aggregate Notes tendered exceed the Payment
Amount allocable to the Notes; (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender equal to the lesser of the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes and the amount sufficient to pay the Offered Price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
accepted; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuer. The Issuer shall
publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on the Net Proceeds Payment Date. 
  

 -59- 

 The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Offered Price for such
Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if
any; provided that each such new Note shall be in principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. However, if the Net Proceeds Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date,
any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer.

  
 The Issuer will comply with applicable tender offer rules,
including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with this Section 4.16, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.16 by virtue of such compliance. 
  
 SECTION 4.17. Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly formed or newly
acquired Subsidiary) of the Issuer as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if: 
  
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and 
  
 (2) the Issuer would be permitted to make, at the time of
such Designation, (a) a Permitted Investment or (b) an Investment pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.12, in either case, in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s
proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such date. 
  
 No
Subsidiary shall be Designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” unless such Subsidiary: 
  
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
  
 (2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary unless the terms of the agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of such
Subsidiary; 
  
 (3) is a Person with respect to
which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve the Person’s financial condition or to cause the Person to achieve any
specified levels of operating results; and 
  

 -60- 

 (4) does not then guarantee or otherwise directly or indirectly provide credit support
for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, except for any guarantee given solely to support the pledge by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which guarantee is not
recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and any Liens on assets
of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of the date and, if the Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10 or the Lien is not permitted under Section 4.15, as the case may be, the Issuer
shall be in default of the applicable Section. 
  
 The Issuer may
redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Redesignation”) only if: 
  
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such Redesignation; and 
  
 (2) all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation would, if incurred or made at such time, have been permitted to be incurred or made for all purposes of this Indenture. 
  
 All Designations and Redesignations must be evidenced by resolutions of the
Board of Directors of the Issuer delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions. 
  
 SECTION 4.18. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction;
provided that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 
  
 (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have (a) incurred the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction
pursuant to Section 4.10 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.15; 
  
 (2) the gross cash proceeds of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the asset that is the
subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
  
 (3) the transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in accordance with, Section 4.16. 
  

 -61- 

 SECTION 4.19. Limitations on the Issuance or Sale of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, sell or issue any shares of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary except (1) to the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or the minority stockholders of any Restricted Subsidiary, on a pro rata basis, (2) to the
extent such Equity Interests represent directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, or (3) if immediately after giving effect to such
sale or issuance, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

	SECTION	4.20. Additional Note Guarantees. 

  
 If, after the Issue Date, (a) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall acquire or create another Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary that has been
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Foreign Subsidiary), (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary is redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary or (c) the Issuer otherwise elects to have any Restricted Subsidiary become a
Guarantor, then, in each such case, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which
such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) a notation of guarantee in respect of its Note Guarantee; and 
  
 (2) deliver to the Trustee one or more Opinions of Counsel
that such supplemental indenture (a) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms. 
  
 SECTION 4.21. Reports. 
  
 Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of Notes,
or file electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), within the time periods applicable to the Issuer under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (whether
or not the Issuer is then subject to such Sections): 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file these forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and 
  
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed
with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file these reports. 
  

 -62- 

 In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information
and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept the filing) and make the information available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 SECTION 4.22. Excess Cash Flow Repurchase Offer 
  
 If the Issuer has Excess Cash Flow for any fiscal year, then no later than the date that the Issuer is required to file its Form 10-K under the Exchange
Act in respect of such fiscal year (assuming, for this purpose, that the Issuer shall be at all times subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act), the Issuer shall make an offer (the “Excess Cash Flow Offer”) to purchase
Notes with an amount equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (such percentage, the “Excess Cash Flow Amount”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to the date fixed for the purchase of the Notes pursuant to such Excess Cash Flow Offer (the “Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price”), in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. If the Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price
for the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof in an Excess Cash Flow Offer exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Amount for such Excess Cash Flow Offer, the Notes will be purchased in such Excess Cash Flow Offer on a pro rata basis. If
the Excess Cash Flow Amount for an Excess Cash Flow Offer exceeds the aggregate Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price of Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof in such Excess Cash Flow Offer (any such excess from any Excess
Cash Flow Offer shall be referred to as an “Offer Excess Amount”), the Issuer may use any Offer Excess Amount for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. The Issuer will not be required to make an Excess Cash Flow Offer if the
Excess Cash Flow for any year is less than $5 million; provided that any such lesser amount of Excess Cash Flow (if positive) will be added to the Excess Cash Flow for each subsequent fiscal year until an Excess Cash Flow Offer is made. The
Issuer will not be required to make the payment under an Excess Cash Flow Offer if there is an event of default under any Credit Facility either before or immediately after giving effect to the the payment under Excess Cash Flow Offer. 

 
 On any date that a Excess Cash Flow Offer is required to be made (or if
such date is not a Business Day, the succeeding Business Day) the Issuer will mail notice to each Holder, offering to purchase Notes on the date (the “Excess Cash Flow Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a
Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures described below. Such notice shall state: 
  
 (1) that such Excess Cash Flow Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.22; 
  
 (2) the Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price and the Excess Cash
Flow Payment Date; 
  

 -63- 

 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment
therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Excess Cash Flow Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Excess Cash Flow Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the
form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Excess Cash Flow
Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders will be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Excess Cash Flow Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Amount, the Issuer shall select
the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  
 (8) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will
be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof). 
  
 On or before the Excess Cash Flow Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow
Offer, subject to pro ration if the aggregate Notes tendered exceed the Excess Cash Flow Amount allocable to the Notes; 
  
 (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so accepted; and 
  
 (iii)
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. 
  
 The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the
Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered,
if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Issuer will pub- 
  

 -64- 

 licly announce the results of the Excess Cash Flow Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Excess Cash Flow Payment
Date. 
  
 The Issuer will comply with applicable tender offer
rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to an Excess Cash Flow Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.22, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.22 by virtue of this compliance.

  
 SECTION 4.23. Limitations on Capital Expenditures 
  
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, make Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year in excess of the sum, without duplication, of 
  
 (1) $65 million, plus 
  
 (2) if an Excess Cash Flow Offer shall be made in such fiscal year, the amount of Excess Cash Flow from any previous fiscal year that does
not comprise the Excess Cash Flow Amount for the Excess Cash Flow Offer for such fiscal year and has not been otherwise applied, plus 
  
 (3) any Offer Excess Amount for such fiscal year that has not been otherwise applied, together with any Offer Excess Amount for any
previous fiscal year that has not been otherwise applied. 
  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
  
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
  
 SECTION 5.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc. 
  
 The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or a
series of related transactions, (a) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (other than a merger with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of and with the effect of changing the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation to another State of
the United States, or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or (b) adopt a Plan of Liquidation unless, in
either case: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) the Issuer will be the surviving or continuing Person;
or 
  
 (b) the Person formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall be made (or, in the case of a Plan of Liquidation, any Person to which assets are transferred) (collectively, 
  

 -65- 

 the “Successor”) is a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of any State of
the United States of America or the District of Columbia, and the Successor expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (2) immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations as set forth in clause (1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and
the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
  
 (3) immediately after and giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations set forth in clause (1)(b) above and the
incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Issuer or the Successor, as the case may be, could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Coverage Ratio Exception. 
  
 For the purposes of this Section 5.01, any
Indebtedness of the Successor which was not Indebtedness of the Issuer immediately prior to the transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in connection with such transaction. 
  
 Except as provided in Section 10.04, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor
is the surviving Person) another Person, unless: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) such Guarantor will
be the surviving or continuing Person; or 
  
 (b)
the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is another Guarantor or assumes, by supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; and 
  
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  
 For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of the Issuer, will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer. 
  
 Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in
accordance with the foregoing, in which the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its Note 
  

 -66- 

 Guarantee, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to
which the conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such
surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or such Guarantor and, except in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s other obligations and covenants under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable. 

 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate
with, merge with or into or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 ARTICLE SIX 
  
 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 
  
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
  

(1) failure by the Issuer to pay interest on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure
for 30 days; 
  
 (2) failure by the Issuer to pay
the principal on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon purchase, upon acceleration or otherwise; 
  

(3) failure by the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01 or in respect of its obligations to (a) make a Change of Control Offer as
described under Section 4.09 or (b) make an Excess Cash Flow Offer as described under Section 4.22; 
  
 (4) failure by the Issuer to comply with any other agreement or covenant in this Indenture and continuance of this failure for 60 days
after notice of the failure has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 
  
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument or agreement under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now exists or is incurred after the Issue Date, which default: 
  
 (a) is caused by a failure to pay at final maturity
principal on such Indebtedness within the applicable express grace period and any extensions thereof, 
  

 -67- 

 (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express final maturity
or 
  
 (c) results in the commencement of
judicial proceedings to foreclose upon, or to exercise remedies under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of, the assets securing such Indebtedness, and 
  
 in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with any other Indebtedness with respect to which an event
described in clause (a), (b) or (c) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates $5.0 million or more; 
  
 (6) one or more judgments or orders that exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate (net of amounts covered by insurance or bonded) for the
payment of money have been entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and such judgment or judgments have not been satisfied, stayed, annulled or rescinded within 60 days of being entered;

  
 (7) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary
pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
  
 (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its assets, or 
  
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors; 
  
 (8) a court of competent
jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (a) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary as debtor in an involuntary case, 
  
 (b) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or a Custodian for all or substantially all of the assets of the
Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or 
  
 (c)
orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 
  
 (9) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and this Indenture) or is declared null and void and
unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release of 
  

 -68- 

 a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Note
Guarantee); or 
  
 (10) any failure to perform or
comply with the provisions of (i) Sections 3.07 through 3.10 inclusive of this Indenture, (ii) Section 5 of the Note or (iii) the Security Documents. 
  
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Issuer) shall have occurred
and be continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare all
amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable; provided,
however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration: 
  
 (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment
or decree; 
  
 (2) if all existing Events of
Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal and interest that has become due solely because of this acceleration; 
  
 (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
  
 (4) if the Issuer has paid to the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee of its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
  
 (5) in the event of a cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type set forth in Section 6.01(7) or (8),
the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
  
 (6) No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 with
respect to the Issuer occurs, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without any further notice or action. 
  

 -69- 

 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in
equity to collect the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All
available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 SECTION
6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 Subject to Sections
2.09, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer of Notes) by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note as specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2). The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases. 
  
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. 
  
 The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may
be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

  
 In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any
direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. 
  
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 No Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless the Trustee: 
  
 (1) has failed to act for a period of 60 days after
receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default by such Holder and a request to act by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding; 
  

 -70- 

 (2) has been offered indemnity satisfactory to it in its reasonable judgment; and

  
 (3) has not received from the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request. 
  
 However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such
Note on or after the due date therefor (after giving effect to the grace period specified in Section 6.01(1)). 
  
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder. 
  
 SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without
the consent of such Holder. 
  
 SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

  
 If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest
specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued
interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes
and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings
relating to the Issuer, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such
judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent
to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any 
  

 -71- 

 Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The
Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable. 
  
 SECTION 6.10 Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

  
 Second: to Holders for interest accrued on
the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest; 
  
 Third: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and 
  
 Fourth: to the Issuer or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear. 
  
 The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

 
 SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture
or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion
may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does
not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  
 SECTION 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of a Default: 
  

 -72- 

 (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in
the Trust Indenture Act and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee. 
  
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such
certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

  
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the
Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b). 
  
 (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer,
unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 
  
 (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
  
 (d) No provision of
this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at
the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it. 
  
 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section
7.01. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any
money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part
of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee. 
  

 -73- 

 SECTION 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
  
 Subject to Section 7.01: 
  
 (a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument,
opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other
than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture. 
  
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection
and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice
or opinion of such counsel. 
  
 (f) The Trustee
shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the
Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. 
  
 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including
any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further
inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuer, to examine the books, records, and
premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer. 
  
 (h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

  

 -74- 

 (i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall
not be construed as duties. 
  
 (j) Except with
respect to Section 4.01 and 4.06, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuer with respect to the covenants contained in Article Four. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of an Event of
Default except (i) any Default or Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 4.01, 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which the Trustee shall have received written notification. 
  
 (k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and
benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act
hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with
Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
  
 SECTION 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or
any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.

  
 SECTION 7.05 Notice of Default. 
  
 If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice
of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 30 days after such Default occurs. 
  
 SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
  
 Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 2005, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in Trust Indenture Act
§ 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Trust Indenture Act § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act
§§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d). 
  
 A copy of each report
at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. 
  

 -75- 

 The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any
delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 313(d). 
  
 SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The
Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of
a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for
its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents
and counsel. 
  
 The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee or
any predecessor Trustee and its agents for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by them
except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust including the reasonable costs and expenses of
defending themselves against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted
against the Trustee or any of its agents for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuer
shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee and its agents
subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or
liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s or any of its agents’ negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 
  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for
such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

  
 SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by 
  

 -76- 

 so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

  
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section
7.10; 
  
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt
or an insolvent; 
  
 (3) a receiver or other
public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee meeting the
requirements of Section 7.10. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee meeting the requirements of Section 7.10 to replace the successor
Trustee appointed by the Issuer. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall
deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held
by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee
shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. 
  
 If a
successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee (meeting the requirements of Section 7.10) at the expense of the Issuer. 
  
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee meeting the requirements of Section 7.10. 
  
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all
or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder,
be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven. 
  

 -77- 

 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of Trust Indenture Act §§ 310(a)(1),
310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 310(b);
provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of
the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes. 

 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. 
  
 The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with Trust
Indenture Act § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 
  
 ARTICLE EIGHT 
  
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
  

SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations. 
  
 The Issuer may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees and this
Indenture and this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect, except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 8.01, if: 
  

(1) all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid
and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from this trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or 
  
 (2) (a) all Notes not delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation otherwise have become due and payable, will become due and payable, or may be called for redemption, within one year or have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the Notes and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal and accrued interest) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, 
  
 (b) the Issuer has paid all sums payable by it under this
Indenture, and 
  

 -78- 

 (c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be. 
  
 In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and
discharge have been complied with. 
  
 In the case of clause (2)
of this Section 8.01, and subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 (as to legal existence of the Issuer only), 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06
shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. 
  
 After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall
acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above. 
  

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 (a) The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance
with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03. 
  
 (b) Upon the
Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.02(a) hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02(b), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged
from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors
shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 hereof and the
other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all of their obligations under the Note
Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged
hereunder: 
  
 (i) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section 8.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are
due; 
  
 (ii) the Issuer’s obligations with
respect to such Notes under Article Two and Section 4.02 hereof; 
  

 -79- 

 (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and 
  
 (iv) the provisions of this Article Eight applicable to Legal Defeasance. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c) hereof. 
  
 (c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option
applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03
(other than with respect to the legal existence of the Issuer), 4.04, 4.05 and 4.09 through 4.21, clause (3) of Section 5.01 and Article Twelve hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section
8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences
of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this
purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether
directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an
Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable
to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, clauses (3), (5), (6) and (9) of Section 6.01 hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section
8.02(b) or 8.02(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. Legal Tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment), in
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Issuer, to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment or on the Redemption Date of the principal or installment of
principal of or interest on the Notes, 
  
 (2) in
the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that: 
  
 (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service, a ruling, or 
  
 (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
  

 -80- 

 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon this Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not
recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and, assuming no subsequent change in applicable law, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred, 
  
 (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and, assuming no subsequent change in applicable law, will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred, 
  
 (4) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit), 
  
 (5) the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under this Indenture or a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound (other than any such Default or default resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit), 
  
 (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by it with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other of its creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other of its creditors or others,
and 
  
 (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the conditions provided for in, in the case of the Officers’ Certificate, clauses (1) through (6) and, in the case of the Opinion of Counsel, clauses (2)
and/or (3) and (5) of this Section 8.03 have been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 8.04.
Application of Trust Money. 
  
 The Trustee or Paying Agent
shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article Eight, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Indenture
to the payment of the principal of and the interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall 
  

 -81- 

 be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations, except as it may agree with the
Issuer. 
  
 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against
any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations
held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then
be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer. 
  
 The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money
remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer,
Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person. 
  
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight by reason of
any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, or if the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are
insufficient to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Notes when due, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture, and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such
time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on, or principal of, any
Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

  

 82 

 ARTICLE NINE 
  
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
  
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. 
  
 The Issuer and the Trustee, together, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without notice to
or consent of any Holder: 
  
 (1) to cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in the case of a merger,
consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets, in accordance with Article Five; 
  
 (4) to release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture (to the extent permitted by this
Indenture); 
  
 (5) to add any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer as a Guarantor; 
  
 (6)
to make any change that would not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder; or 
  
 (7) in the case of this Indenture, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 
  
 provided that the Issuer has
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01. 
  
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. 
  
 (a) Subject to Section 6.07, the Issuer and the Trustee, together, with the written consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of the Holder or Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Notes or the Note Guarantees,
without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Section 6.07, the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Notes or
the Note Guarantees without notice to any other Holders. 
  
 (b)
Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, no amendment or waiver may: 
  

 -83- 

 (1) reduce, or change the maturity of, the principal of any Note; 
  
 (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
interest on any Note; 
  
 (3) reduce any premium
payable upon optional redemption of the Notes, or change the date on, or the circumstances under, which any Notes are subject to redemption (other than provisions of Section 4.09 and Section 4.16 relating to the purchase of the Notes, except that if
a Change of Control has occurred, no amendment or other modification of the obligation of the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer relating to such Change of Control shall be made without the consent of each Holder of the Notes affected);

  
 (4) make any Note payable in money or
currency other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (5) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders (it being understood that the ranking of the Notes and
Note Guarantees shall not, for the purposes of clause (5), be deemed to be affected by the granting of any collateral to secure any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor); 
  
 (6) reduce the percentage of Holders necessary to consent to an amendment or waiver to this Indenture or the
Notes; 
  
 (7) waive a default in the payment of
principal of or premium or interest on any Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders thereof as provided in this Indenture and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (8) impair the rights of Holders to receive payments of
principal of or interest on the Notes on or after the due date therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on the Notes; 
  
 (9) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except
as permitted by this Indenture; 
  
 (10) make any
change to the provisions of this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement relating to the Special Mandatory Redemption of the Notes described under Section 5 of the Note that would adversely affect the rights of any Holder; or 
  
 (11) make any change in Section 9.01 or 9.02. 
  
 (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  

 -84- 

 (d) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in
connection with an exchange (in the case of an exchange offer) or a tender (in the case of a tender offer) of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange. 
  
 (e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 SECTION 9.03.
Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 From the date
on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in effect at the time of such amendment,
waiver or supplement. 
  
 SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

  
 Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a
consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.
However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that
the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment,
supplement or waiver, which record date shall be prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record
date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for
more than 120 days after such record date. The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through
(11) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder. 
  

 -85- 

 SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Note to deliver
it to the Trustee. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuer’s expense. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so
determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of
such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign
Amendments, Etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall execute any amendment,
supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities
under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized
pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer. 
  
 ARTICLE TEN 
  
 NOTE GUARANTEE 
  
 SECTION
10.01. Unconditional Guarantee. 
  
 Subject to the
provisions of this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns,
irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer or any other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and
(to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and all other obligations of the other Guarantors (including under the Note Guarantees), in
each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”); and (b)
in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Issuer to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for
whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or 
  

 -86- 

 the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Note Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders of Notes to
accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuer. 
  
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of
the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against
the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Note Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or any other circumstance (other than payment or performance of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder) which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Note Guarantee. This Note Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or to any
Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent
theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article Ten, the maturity of
the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration as against the Issuer or any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by
the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.  
  
 SECTION 10.02.
Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
  
 Each Guarantor, and
by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, foreign or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably
agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including any and all
guarantees under the Credit Facilities) that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of
such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. Each Guarantor that makes a payment for 
  

 -87- 

 distribution under its Note Guarantee is entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount
based on the adjusted net assets of each Guarantor. 
  
 SECTION 10.03.
Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
  
 To further
evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the
Trustee. Such Note Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of each Guarantor by either manual or facsimile signature of one Officer or other person duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of each Guarantor who shall have been duly authorized
to so execute by all requisite corporate action. The validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 
  
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or at any time
thereafter, such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee of such Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
  
 SECTION 10.04. Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under its Note
Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement: 
  
 (1) in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger,
consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor then held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; or 
  
 (2) if such Subsidiary Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise ceases to be a
Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, upon effectiveness of such designation or when it first ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, respectively. 
  
 The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Issuer
evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Issuer or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with
this Section 10.04; provided, however, that 
  

 -88- 

 
the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officers’ Certificates of the Issuer. 
  
 Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 10.04, nothing
contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor. 
  
 SECTION
10.05. Waiver of Subrogation. 
  
 Until this Indenture is
discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence,
payment, performance or enforcement of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and such Guarantor’s obligations under this Note Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance including, without limitation, any right
of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute
or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by setoff or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any
amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders of Notes under the Notes, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with such
agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Trustee or the Holders and shall forthwith be paid to
the Trustee for the benefit of itself or such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each
Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.05 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

  
 SECTION 10.06. Immediate Payment. 
  
 Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of
the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor (if then permitted pursuant to this Indenture) by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing. 
  
 SECTION 10.07. No Setoff. 
  
 Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee
Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be made without setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

  

 -89- 

 SECTION 10.08. Guarantee Obligations Absolute. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed
to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Note Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof. 

 
 SECTION 10.09. Note Guarantee Obligations Continuing. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall
remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability
hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or
hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other
instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 10.10. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced
or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of
or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 10.11.
Note Guarantee Obligations Reinstated. 
  
 The obligations
of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been
made by or on behalf of the Issuer or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such
payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuer or any other Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness
otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein. 
  
 SECTION 10.12. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Affected. 
  
 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act,
omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and 

  

 -90- 

 
whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a
claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations (other than payment or performance of the Guarantor’s obligations
hereunder), whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including, without limitation: 
  
 (a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to the Issuer or any other Person, including
any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Issuer or any other Person; 
  
 (b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other
obligation of the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument; 
  
 (c) any failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the
provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor; 
  
 (d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against the
Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy; 
  
 (e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the
Issuer or any other Person; 
  
 (f) any change in
the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without
limitation, any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes; 
  
 (g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Issuer or a
Guarantor; 
  
 (h) any merger or amalgamation of
the Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons; 
  
 (i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to
amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee; and 
  
 (j) any other circumstance, including release of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.04 (other than by complete, irrevocable payment or
performance) that might otherwise 

  

 -91- 

 
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee
hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 10.13. Waiver. 
  
 Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each Guarantor
hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Issuer,
protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuer or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever. 
  
 SECTION 10.14. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer. 
  
 Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the
Issuer or any other Person or any property of the Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations under their Note Guarantees or under this
Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 10.15. Dealing with the Issuer and Others.

  
 The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or
otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may 
  

(a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or
any other Person; 
  
 (b) take or abstain from
taking security or collateral from the Issuer or from perfecting security or collateral of the Issuer; 
  
 (c) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without
consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuer or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes; 
  
 (d) accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuer;

  
 (e) apply all monies at any time received
from the Issuer or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and 
  
 (f) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to
deal with, the Issuer and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit. 
  

 -92- 

 SECTION 10.16. Default and Enforcement. 
  
 If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.06 hereof, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee
hereunder in the enforcement of the Note Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor such
obligations. 
  
 SECTION 10.17. Acknowledgment. 
  
 Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this
Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same. 
  
 SECTION
10.18. Costs and Expenses. 
  
 Each Guarantor shall pay on
demand by the Trustee any and all reasonable costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any
Note Guarantee. 
  
 SECTION 10.19. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative
Remedies. 
  
 No Note Guarantee shall operate by way of merger
of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including, without limitation, this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges in the Note Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or
the Issuer and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law. 
  
 SECTION 10.20. Survival of Note Guarantee Obligations. 
  
 Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.01 shall
survive the payment in full of the Guarantee Obligations and shall be enforceable against such Guarantor, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without regard to and without giving effect to any defense (other than payment or performance of the
Guarantor’s obligations hereunder), right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Issuer or any Guarantor. 
  
 SECTION 10.21. Note Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations. 
  

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to
the Trustee or to any of the 

  

 -93- 

 
Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them. 
  
 SECTION 10.22. Severability. 
  
 Any provision of this Article Ten which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially
defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Ten. 
  
 SECTION 10.23. Successors and Assigns. 
  
 Each
Note Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. 
  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
  
 SECURITY DOCUMENTS 
  
 SECTION 11.01. Security Documents. 
  
 The due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest
on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, pursuant to a Special Mandatory Redemption under Section 3.07 or an acceleration under Section 6.02 prior to a Special Mandatory Redemption or the release of the Escrow Funds and all other
obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes relating to a Special Mandatory Redemption or the payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price, according to the terms hereunder or
thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents. Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and
release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to the Security
Documents, and shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest in the Collateral
contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured thereby, according to the intent and
purposes herein and therein expressed. The Issuer shall take any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the obligations of the Issuer hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected
lien on and security interest in all the Collateral, in favor of the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary for the benefit of the Holders and other Persons for whose benefit the Securities Intermediary or Trustee, as applicable, acts pursuant to
the Security Documents. 
  

 -94- 

 SECTION 11.02. Recording and Opinions. 
  
 (a) The Issuer shall take or cause to be taken all action required to perfect, maintain, preserve and protect the Lien on
and security interest in the Collateral granted by the Security Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, no Lien (other than that of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders) shall be permitted to exist on the Collateral. The Issuer shall from time to
time promptly pay all financing, continuation statement and mortgage recording, registration and/or filing fees, charges and taxes relating to this Indenture and the Security Documents, any amendments thereto and any other instruments of further
assurance required hereunder or pursuant to the Security Documents. The Trustee shall have no obligation to, nor shall it be responsible for any failure to, so register, file or record. 
  
 (b) The Issuer shall at all times comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(b), whether or not the TIA is then applicable
to the obligations of the Issuer and, if applicable, the Guarantors under this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 11.03. Release of Collateral. 
  
 (a) Collateral may (and, as applicable, shall) be released or substituted only in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents. 
  
 (b) The release of any Collateral from the terms of the Security Documents shall not be deemed to impair the security under
this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents. 
  
 SECTION 11.04. Certificates of the Company. 
  
 To the extent applicable, the Issuer shall comply with TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of property
or securities from the lien and security interest of the Security Documents and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the lien and security interest of the Security Documents. Any certificate or
opinion required by TIA § 314(d) may be made by an Officer of the Issuer except in cases where TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer,
appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Securities Intermediary in the exercise of reasonable care. 
  
 SECTION 11.05. Authorization of Actions To Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall without the consent of the Holders of Notes,
direct, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, the Securities Intermediary to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents and (b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable
in respect of the obligations of the Issuer hereunder. The Trustee shall have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in
violation of the Security Documents or this In- 
  

 -95- 

 denture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the
interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional
or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or to the Trustee). 
  
 SECTION 11.06. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security
Documents. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds
for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents. 
  
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by
the Trust Indenture Act, such required or deemed provision shall control. 
  
 SECTION 12.02. Notices. 
  
 Any notices or other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows: 
  
 if
to the Issuer or a Guarantor: 
  
 c/o Seitel, Inc. 
 10811 South Westview Circle 
 Building C,
Suite 100 
 Houston, Texas 77043 
 Attention: Randall M. Stilley, Chief Executive Officer 
  
 Telephone: (713) 881-8900 
 Facsimile: (713) 881-8901 
  

 -96- 

 if to the Trustee: 
  
 LaSalle Bank National Association 
 135 S. LaSalle Street - Suite 1960 
 Chicago, IL 60603 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services Division 
  
 Telephone: (312) 904 - 5619 
 Facsimile: (312) 904 - 2236 
  
 Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person.
Any notice or communication to the Issuer and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when replied to; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after
mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight
courier service. 
  
 Any notice or communication mailed to a
Holder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
  
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 SECTION 12.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act § 312(b) with
other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act § 312(c). 
  
 SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any
action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
  
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the
signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have
been complied with. 
  

 -97- 

 SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include: 
  
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and 
  
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with;
provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
  
 SECTION 12.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for their functions. 
  
 SECTION 12.07. Legal Holidays. 
  
 If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next
succeeding day that is a Business Day. 
  
 SECTION 2.08. Governing Law.

  
 This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 
  
 SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against Others. 
  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or manager
of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall, by reason of such capacity or executing any certificate hereunder or otherwise, have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or this 
  

 -98- 

 Indenture or of any Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 12.11. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes
and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
  
 SECTION 12.12. Duplicate Originals. 
  
 All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall
represent the same agreement. 
  
 SECTION 12.13. Severability. 

 
 To the extent permitted by applicable law, in case any one or more of the
provisions in this Indenture, in the Notes or in the Note Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law. 
  

 -99- 

 SIGNATURES 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above. 
  

							
	 SEITEL, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    Randall D. Stilley

	 	 	Name:	 	Randall D. Stilley
	 	 	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer and President
	
	 GUARANTORS:

	
	 DATATEL, INC.

	 DDD ENERGY, INC.

	 MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC.

	 N360X, L.L.C.

	 SEIC, INC.

	 SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC

	 SEITEL DATA, LTD.

	 SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.

	 SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC

	 SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.

	 SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.

	 SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

	 SEITEL SOLUTIONS, L.L.C.

	 SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD.

	 SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

	 SI HOLDINGS, G.P.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    Randall D. Stilley

	 	 	Name:	 	Randall D. Stilley
	 	 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President
	
	 SEITEL DATA CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    Darryl E. Smitth

	 	 	Name:	 	Darryl E. Smith
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President

  

 S-1 

							
	 LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    Victoria Y. Douyon

	 	 	Name:	 	Victoria Y. Douyon
	 	 	Title:	 	Fist Vice President

  

 S-2 

 EXHIBIT A 
  

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 SEITEL, INC. 
 113⁄4% Senior Notes 2011 
  

			
	 No.
	 	CUSIP No.
	 	 	$            

  
 SEITEL, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [or such other amount as is provided in a schedule attached hereto][1] on July 15, 2011.

  
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15, commencing
January 15, 2005. 
  
 Record Dates: January 1 and July 1.

  
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note
contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  
  

	a	This language should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly
authorized officer. 
  
 Dated:
[            ] 
  

					
	 SEITEL, INC., as Issuer

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 	Title:	 	 

  

 A-2 

 FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
  
 This is one of the 113⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011 described
in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  
 Dated:
[            ] 
  

					
	 LaSalle Bank National Association,
as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-3 

 (Reverse of Note) 
  
 113⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 SECTION 1. Interest. Seitel, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 113⁄4% per annum from July 2, 2004 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing January 15, 2005. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the
extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from
time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business
on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted
interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of
payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose except
that, at the option of the Issuer, the payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes; provided that for Holders that have given wire
transfer instructions to the Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments of principal, premium and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in New York or Chicago, Illinois will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. 
  
 SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, LaSalle Bank
National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Issuer or any of their
Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  
 SECTION 4.
Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 2, 2004 (“Indenture”) by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The 
  

 A-4 

 terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement
of such terms. 
  
 SECTION 5. Special Mandatory Redemption.
If the Escrow Funds have not been released to the Trustee for distribution in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement on or before the Deadline, then the Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent thereof and
deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all outstanding Notes will be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”), which
Special Mandatory Redemption will comply with all terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Escrow Agreement. Simultaneously with the giving of such notice by the Issuer to the Trustee, the Issuer shall notify the Securities Intermediary thereof
pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 SECTION 6.
Redemption with Proceeds from Equity Offerings. At any time after the Release and on or prior to July 15, 2007, the Issuer may redeem at its option on any one or more occasions up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under
the Indenture with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 111.75% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date;
provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of
the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering. 
  
 SECTION 7.
Notice of Redemption. Except in the case of Special Mandatory Redemption, notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at
its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption. Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its registered address, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary in accordance with the provisions of Article Three of
the Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 8. No Mandatory Redemption.
For the avoidance of doubt, an offer to purchase pursuant to Section 9 hereof shall not be deemed a redemption. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes, other than the Special Mandatory
Redemption. 
  
 SECTION 9. Repurchase at Option of
Holder.  
  
 (a) Change of Control. Upon the occurrence
of a Change of Control, and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase 
  

 A-5 

 all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase. 
  
 The
Issuer is, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, with certain net cash proceeds of
certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture. 
  
 (a) Excess Cash Flow. If the Issuer has Excess Cash Flow in excess of $5 million for any fiscal year, then no later than the date that the Issuer is required to file its Form-10-K under the Exchange Act for such
fiscal year (assuming, for this purpose, that the Issuer shall be at all times subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act), the Issuer shall make an offer (the “Excess Cash Flow Offer”) to purchase Notes with an amount
equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date fixed for the purchase of the Notes pursuant to such
Excess Cash Flow Offer, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. If the Excess Cash Flow Purchase Price for the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof in an Excess Cash Flow Offer exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Amount for
such Excess Cash Flow Offer, the Notes will be purchased in such Excess Cash Flow Offer on a pro rata basis. 
  
 SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer and the Registrar are not
required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 SECTION 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or
compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the
Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note. 
  

 A-6 

 SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes
notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest including an accelerated payment or the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date or the Net Proceeds Payment Date pursuant to
a Net Proceeds Offer or failure to purchase Notes in an Excess Cash Flow Offer or a Default in complying with the provisions of Article Five of the Indenture) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of
interest on, or the principal of, or the premium on, the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create
liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The
limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations and other provisions in the Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer,
employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or manager of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture, or of any Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

  
 SECTION 16. Note Guarantees. This Note will be entitled
to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the Holders. 
  
 SECTION 17. Trustee Dealings with
the Issuer. Subject to certain terms, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as
if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 18. Authentication.
This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  

 A-7 

 SECTION 19. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 SECTION 20. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors will be obligated to use their commercially reasonable efforts to consummate an exchange offer pursuant
to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for a 113⁄4% Senior Note due 2011 of the Issuer which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all
material respects to this Note (except that such note shall not be entitled to Additional Interest and shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest in the event
such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.a 
  
 SECTION 21. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the
Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 SECTION 22. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
  
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. 

	a	This Section not to appear on Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes or Additional Notes unless required by the terms of such Additional Notes.

  

 A-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                
  
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                
 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee) 
  
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                
 (Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint
                                        
                 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
					
	Dated:	 	  

	 	 	 	Signed:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
		
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	

	 	 	 	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

  
 In connection with any
transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the date following the second anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in
connection with the transfer and is making the transfer pursuant to one of the following: 
  
 [Check One] 
  

					
	(1)	 	 ̈	  	to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or
			
	(2)	 	 ̈	  	to a person who the transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”); or
			
	(3)	 	 ̈	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing
certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee); or
			
	(4)	 	 ̈	  	outside the United States to a non-”U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities
Act; or

  

 A-9 

					
			
	(5)	 	 ̈	  	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption available under the Securities Act; or
			
	(6)	 	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

  
 and unless the box below is checked,
the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Issuer as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “Affiliate”): 
  
  ̈    The transferee is an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
  
 Unless one of the foregoing items (1) through (6) is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof;
provided, however, that if item (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an
investment letter in the case of box (3) or (4)) and other information as the Trustee or the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
  
 If none of
the foregoing items (1) through (6) are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set
forth herein and in Section 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

							
				
	Dated:	 	  

	 	Signed:	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

							
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

	 	 	 	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

  
 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2)
ABOVE IS CHECKED 
  
 The undersigned represents and warrants that
it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the
Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to
request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

 A-10 

									
	 Dated:
	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	NOTICE:  To be executed by an executive officer

  

 A-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture,
check the appropriate box: 
  

					
	Section 4.09 [            ]	 	Section 4.16 [            ]	 	Section 4.22 [            ]

  
 If you want to elect
to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09, Section 4.16 or Section 4.22 of the Indenture, state the amount (in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof):
$                         
  

			
	 Dated: __________
	 	 Signed: _________________________
 (Sign exactly as name
 appears on the other
 side of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 _________________________________________
 Participant in
a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

	 	 	 
	 	 	 

  

 A-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
 following such
decrease
 (or increase)

	  	 Signature of
 authorized officer of
 Trustee or Note
 Custodian

  

 A-13 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

FORM OF LEGENDS 
  
 Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on
the face thereof until after the second anniversary of the Issue Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuer and the Holder thereof or if such legend is no longer required by Section 2.16(g) of the Indenture: 
  
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE, BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
  

(1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B) IT
IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”); 
  
 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL
NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN IAI THAT,
PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IS SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS, THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY) OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 
  

 B-1 

 (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED
A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
  
 AS USED
HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE
TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING.” 
  
 Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear the following legend: 
  
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A
NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF
THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES
DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
  
 UNLESS THIS
CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE
& CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE. 
  

 B-2 

 Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend: 
  
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

  
 NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. 
  

 B-3 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

Form of Certificate To Be 
 Delivered in
Connection with  
 Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors 
  
 [                    ], [            ] 
  
 [            ] 
 [            ] 
 [            ] 
 [            ] 
 T:
(        )     - 
 F: (        )    
- 
 Attention: [                    ] 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of 113⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011
(the “Notes”) of SEITEL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture
relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable state securities laws. 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be
offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell, offer, pledge or
otherwise transfer any Notes, we will do so only (i) to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the United States in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a person who we reasonably believe to be
a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that is purchasing at least $250,000 of Notes for
its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor and who, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing
certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States to a person that is not a U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902
under the Securities Act) in accordance with Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 
  

 C-1 

 under the Securities Act (if available) or another available exemption under the Securities Act or (vi)
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

  
 3. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on
behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or plan (as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended), except as permitted in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of the Offering Memorandum. 
  
 4. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such
certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a
legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 5. We are an
institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be. 
  
 6. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is
an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  

 C-2 

 You, as Trustee, the Issuer, counsel for the Issuer and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and
are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

					
	 Very truly yours,
  
 [Name of Transferee]

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 	Title:	 	 

  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered 
 in
Connection with Transfers 
 Pursuant to Regulation S 
  
 [            ],
[            ] 
  
 [            ] 
 [            ] 
 [            ] 
 [            ] 
 T:
(            )     - 
 F:
(            )     - 
 Attention:
[                    ] 
  
 Re: Seitel, Inc. (the “Issuer”)  
 113⁄4% Senior
Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”)  
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 In connection with our proposed
sale of $[            ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 
  
 (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 
  
 (2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we
and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person
acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States; 
  
 (3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
Regulation S, as applicable; 
  
 (4) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and 
  
 (5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes. 
  
 You, as Trustee, the Issuer, counsel for the Issuer and others are entitled
to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any inter- 
  

 D-1 

 ested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  
 [Name of Transferor]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

NOTE GUARANTEE 
  
 For value received, each of the undersigned (including any successor Person under the Indenture) hereby unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture (as defined below) to the Holder of this Note the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on this Note in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if
any, and interest, if any, of this Note when due, if lawful, and, to the extent permitted by law, the payment or performance of all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in
accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, the Indenture, including Article Ten thereof, and this Note Guarantee. This Note Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article Ten of the Indenture and its terms
shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 
  
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of July 2,
2004, among Seitel, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended or supplemented (the
“Indenture”). 
  
 The obligations of the
undersigned to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note
Guarantee and all of the other provisions of the Indenture to which this Note Guarantee relates. 
  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or manager of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of
such Guarantors under such Guarantors’ Note Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligation or its creation. 
  
 This Note Guarantee shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

  
 This Note Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms
set forth in the Indenture. 
  

 E-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused its Note Guarantee to be duly executed. 
  
 Date: 
  

					
	[                        ]
		
	By:	 	  

	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 	Title:	 	 

  

 E-2Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 2, 2004

 Exhibit 4.5 

  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 Dated as of July 2, 2004 
  
 By and Among 
  
 SEITEL, INC., 
  
 the GUARANTORS named herein 
  
 and 
  
 UBS SECURITIES LLC 
  
 JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC., 
  
 as Initial Purchasers

  
 11 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page

	 Section 1.
	 	Definitions	  	1
			
	 Section 2.
	 	Exchange Offer	  	4
			
	 Section 3.
	 	Shelf Registration	  	8
			
	 Section 4.
	 	Additional Interest	  	8
			
	 Section 5.
	 	Registration Procedures	  	10
			
	 Section 6.
	 	Registration Expenses	  	18
			
	 Section 7.
	 	Indemnification	  	18
			
	 Section 8.
	 	Rules 144 and 144A	  	22
			
	 Section 9.
	 	Underwritten Registrations	  	22
			
	 Section 10.
	 	Miscellaneous	  	22
			
	 (a)
	 	No Inconsistent Agreements	  	22
	 (b)
	 	Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes	  	22
	 (c)
	 	Amendments and Waivers	  	22
	 (d)
	 	Notices	  	23
	 (e)
	 	Guarantors	  	24
	 (f)
	 	Successors and Assigns	  	24
	 (g)
	 	Counterparts	  	24
	 (h)
	 	Headings	  	25
	 (i)
	 	Governing Law	  	25
	 (j)
	 	Severability	  	25
	 (k)
	 	Securities Held by the Issuers or Their Affiliates	  	25
	 (l)
	 	Third-Party Beneficiaries	  	25
	 (m)
	 	Entire Agreement	  	25
	 (n)
	 	Termination	  	25
		
	 SIGNATURES
	  	S-1

  

 -i- 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of July 2, 2004, by and among SEITEL,
INC, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the Guarantors (as defined herein) (the Company and the Guarantors are referred to collectively herein as the “Issuers”), on the one hand, and UBS SECURITIES
LLC and JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC. (the “Initial Purchasers”), on the other hand. 
  
 This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004, by and among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers
(the “Purchase Agreement”), relating to the offering of $193,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 of the Company (including the guarantees thereof by the Guarantors, the “Notes”). The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligation to
purchase the Notes under the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 The
parties hereby agree as follows: 
  
 Section 1.
Definitions 
  
 As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 “action” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c) hereof. 
  
 “Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 
  
 “Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in clause (y) of the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof. 
  
 “Additional Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 4(b) hereof. 
  
 “Agreement”
shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereto. 
  
 “Applicable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Board of Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 
  
 “Business Day” shall mean a day that is not a Legal Holiday. 
  
 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the
introductory paragraph hereto and shall also include the Company’s permitted successors and assigns. 
  
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “day” shall mean a calendar day. 

 “Delay Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 
  
 “Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3(b) hereof. 
  
 “Escrowed Property”
shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration
Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Guarantors” means each subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature page to this Agreement and each Person who executes and delivers a counterpart of this Agreement after the date hereof
pursuant to Section 10(e) hereof. 
  
 “Holder”
shall mean any holder of a Registrable Note or Registrable Notes. 
  
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of July 2, 2004, by and among the Issuers and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time
to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 “Initial
Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereof. 
  
 “Inspectors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof. 
  
 “Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereto. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” shall mean a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
which banking institutions in New York, New York are required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
  
 “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof. 
  
 “Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Registrable Notes; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is required hereunder, any Registrable Notes owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates
shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional Notes under the Indenture prior to consummation of
the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration, such additional Notes and the Registrable Notes to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class 
  

 -2- 

 for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes has
been obtained. 
  
 “NASD” shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 5(s) hereof. 
  
 “Notes”
shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereto. 
  
 “Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof. 
  
 “Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
  
 “Private Exchange” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Private Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Prospectus” shall mean
the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration
statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material
incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereof. 
  
 “Records” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof. 
  
 “Registrable Notes” shall mean each Note upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto,
each Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, in each case until (i)
a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been declared
effective by the Commission and such Note, Exchange Note or such Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Note has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange
Offer for an Exchange Note or Exchange Notes that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws, (iii) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the
Indenture or (iv) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been sold in compliance with Rule 144 or is salable pursuant to Rule 144(k). 
  
 “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 
  

 -3- 

 “Registration Statement” shall mean any appropriate registration statement of the
Issuers covering any of the Registrable Notes filed with the Commission under the Securities Act, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Release Date” shall mean the date on which the Escrowed Property is released from escrow. 
  
 “Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission providing for offers and sales of securities made in compliance therewith resulting in offers
and sales by subsequent holders that are not affiliates of an issuer of such securities being free of the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from
time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 
  
 “Rule 415” shall mean Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule
or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Shelf Filing Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3(a) hereof. 
  
 “TIA” shall mean the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 
  
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if any) under any indenture governing the Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes. 
  
 “underwritten registration” or “underwritten offering” shall mean a registration in which
securities of the Issuers are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 
  
 Section 2. Exchange Offer 
  
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law, public policy or interpretation of the staff of the Commission, the Issuers shall (i) file a Registration Statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”)
with the Commission on Form S-4 or another appropriate Securities Act registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange any 
  

 -4- 

 and all of the Registrable Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of notes (including the guarantees with respect
thereto, the “Exchange Notes”) that are identical in all material respects to the Notes (except that the Exchange Notes shall not contain restrictive legends, terms with respect to transfer restrictions or Additional Interest upon a
Registration Default), (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer within
180 days after the Release Date. Upon the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective by the Commission, the Issuers will offer the Exchange Notes in exchange for surrender of the Notes. The Issuers shall keep the Exchange Offer
open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law, including, without limitation, Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is first mailed, sent or given to Holders.

  
 Each Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer will be
required to represent to the Issuers in writing that (i) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the public
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an affiliate as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act of any of the Issuers, or if it is an
affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a public
distribution of Exchange Notes and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. 
  
 (b) The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that any broker-dealer that elects to exchange Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of
market-making or other trading activities for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment resulting from the original offering of the Notes). 
  
 The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers also acknowledge that the staff of the
Commission has taken the position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the effect set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph and the means by
which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy
their prospectus delivery obligations under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act. 
  
 In light of the foregoing, if requested by a Participating Broker-Dealer (a
“Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer”), the Issuers agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective for a period necessary to comply with applicable law in
connection with such resales but in no event more than 180 days after the date on which the Exchange Registration Statement is declared effective, or such longer period if extended 
  

 -5- 

 pursuant to any Delay Period in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof, or such earlier date as each
Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer shall have notified the Company in writing that such Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer has resold all Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer (such period, the “Applicable Period”).
The Issuers shall include a plan of distribution in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement that meets the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph. 
  

If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser or any other Holder holds any Notes acquired by it that have, or that are
reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution by the Issuers, or if any Holder otherwise is not entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer, the Issuers upon the request of the Initial
Purchasers or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder, as the case may be, in exchange (the
“Private Exchange”) for such Notes held by such Initial Purchaser or any such Holder a like principal amount of notes (the “Private Exchange Notes”) of the Issuers that are identical in all material respects to the
Exchange Notes except that the Private Exchange Notes may be subject to restrictions on transfer and bear a legend to such effect. The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same
CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes (if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau). 
  
 Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the Issuers shall have no further registration obligations other than the Issuers’ continuing registration obligations with respect to
(i) Private Exchange Notes, (ii) Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers and (iii) Notes or Exchange Notes as to which clause (c)(iv) of this Section 2 applies. 
  
 In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (1) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the
Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
  
 (2) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

  
 (3) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes
at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and 
  
 (4) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, Regulation
14E under the Exchange Act). 
  
 As soon as practicable after the
close of the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (1) accept for exchange all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by the Holders pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the Private
Exchange, if any; 
  

 -6- 

 (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable
Notes so accepted for exchange; and 
  
 (3) cause
the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each such Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Registrable Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
  
 The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any
conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law, public policy or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been
instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuers to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any
existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuers and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Company deems necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange. 
  
 The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall be issued under (i)
the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture (in either case, with such changes as are necessary to comply with any requirements of the Commission to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the
TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA and shall provide that (a) the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (b) the Private Exchange Notes shall be subject to the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the
Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. 
  
 (c) In the event that (i) any changes in law, public policy or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission do not permit the Issuers to
effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 180 days of the Release Date, (iii) any Holder notifies the Company prior to the 30th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that it is prohibited
by law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission from participating in the Exchange Offer, (iv) in the case of any Holder who participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Notes on the date of the
exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of any Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act) or (v) any Initial Purchaser so
requests with respect to Notes or Private Exchange Notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of unsold allotments in an initial distribution (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of this
sentence, a “Shelf Filing Event”), then the Issuers shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 
  

 -7- 

 Section 3. Shelf Registration 
  
 If at any time a Shelf Filing Event shall occur, then: 
  
 (a) Shelf Registration. The Issuers shall file with the Commission a Registration Statement for an offering to be
made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes not exchanged in the Exchange Offer, Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable (the “Shelf
Registration”). The Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Notes for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one
or more underwritten offerings). The Issuers shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes to be included in the Shelf Registration. 
  
 (b) The Issuers shall use all their reasonable best efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or
prior to the later of (A) the 150th day after the Release Date and (B) the 120th day after the occurrence of the applicable Shelf Filing Event and (y) to keep the Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act for the period
ending on the date which is two years from the Release Date, subject to extension pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the “Effectiveness Period”), or such shorter period ending when all Registrable Notes
covered by the Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Shelf Registration; provided, however, that (i) the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration shall be extended to the
extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein and (ii) the Company may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration by
written notice to the Holders solely (A) as a result of the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet
effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related Prospectus or (B) to the extent and for so long as permitted by the penultimate paragraph of Section 5. 
  
 (c) Supplements and Amendments. The Issuers agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration as and
when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, or if reasonably requested by the
Majority Holders or by any underwriter of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement. 
  
 Section 4. Additional Interest 
  
 (a) The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 2 or
Section 3 hereof and that it would not be possible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuers agree that if: 
  
 (i) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 180th day following the Release Date, or, if that day is not a Business Day,
the next day that is a Business Day; or 
  

 -8- 

 (ii) the Shelf Registration is required to be filed but is not declared effective by the
Commission within the time period specified in Section 3(b)(x), or is declared effective by such date but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (unless the Shelf Registration ceases to be effective or usable as specifically permitted by the
penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof), 
  
 (each such event referred to in
clauses (i) and (ii) a “Registration Default”), additional cash interest (“Additional Interest”) will accrue on the affected Registrable Notes. The rate of Additional Interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first
90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of Additional Interest of 1.00% per annum, from and
including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the earlier of (1) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured or (2) the date on which such Registrable Note ceases to be a Registrable Note or
otherwise become freely transferable by Holders other than affiliates of the Issuers without further registration under the Securities Act. If, after the cure of all Registration Defaults then in effect, there is a subsequent Registration Default,
the rate of Additional Interest for such subsequent Registration Default shall initially be 0.25% regardless of the rate in effect with respect to any prior Registration Default at the time of cure of such Registration Default and shall increase in
the manner and be subject to the maximum Additional Interest rate contained in the preceding sentence. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the amount of Additional Interest payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred
and is pending and (2) a Holder of Registrable Notes that is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration (e.g., such Holder has not elected to include information) shall not be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a
Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration. 
  
 (b) So long as Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall notify the Trustee within five Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid. Any amounts of
Additional Interest due pursuant to clauses (a)(i) or (a)(ii) of this Section 4 will be payable in cash semi-annually on each January 15 and July 15 (each a “Additional Interest Payment Date”), commencing with the first such date
occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue, to Holders to whom regular interest is payable on such Additional Interest Payment Date with respect to Notes that are Registrable Notes. For all purposes of this Section 4, the
amount of Additional Interest for each Registrable Note will be determined by multiplying the applicable rate of Additional Interest by the aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Note outstanding on the Additional Interest Payment Date
following such Registration Default in the case of the first such payment of Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default (and thereafter at the next succeeding Additional Interest Payment Date until the cure of such Registration
Default), and multiplying the product of the foregoing by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360. 
  

 -9- 

 Section 5. Registration Procedures 
  
 In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuers shall effect such
registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuers hereunder, the
Issuers shall: 
  
 (a) Prepare and file with the
Commission the Registration Statement or Registration Statements prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein;
provided, however, that, if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities
Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuers shall furnish to and
afford the Holders of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel (if requested by any such person) and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable
opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least five Business Days prior to such filing). The Issuers
shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Majority Holders, or any such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall
reasonably object to the disclosures contained therein or absent therefrom. 
  
 (b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such
Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented
to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; and comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all securities
covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the sale of any securities being resold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus, in each case, in accordance
with the intended methods of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented. 
  
 (c) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Company has received
written notice that such Broker-Dealer will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the applicable Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Notes (or a representative acceptable to the Majority Holders), or each such Participating
Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel (if such counsel is known to the Issuers) and the 
  

 -10- 

 managing underwriters, if any, as promptly as possible, and, if requested by any such Person, confirm
such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the
Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements
and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits, to the extent the same is so incorporated, deemed incorporated or filed after the date of the initial filing of the Registration Statement), (ii) of the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at
any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Notes or resales of Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuers contained
in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereof cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (iv) of the receipt by any of the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the
happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known to any Issuer that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated
therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Company’s
determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement is required. 
  
 (d) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, if threatened by the Commission or state securities
authority, use their reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption
from qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the
earliest practicable moment. 
  
 (e) If (1) a
Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating
Broker-Dealer 
  

 -11- 

 who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period and if requested by the managing
underwriter or underwriters (if any), the Majority Holders or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (i) promptly incorporate in such Registration Statement or Prospectus a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such
information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be (based upon advice of counsel), determine is reasonably required to be included therein and (ii) make all required
filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; provided,
however, that the Issuers shall not be required to take any action hereunder that would, in the written opinion of counsel to the Issuers, violate applicable laws. 
  
 (f) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling
Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, who so requests, their counsel (if requested by any such person) and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy
of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including the financial statements and schedules thereto, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by
reference and all exhibits. 
  
 (g) If (1) a
Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating
Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their respective counsel (if requested) and the
underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein
as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuers hereby consent to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or
each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers (if any), in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the
Exchange Notes pursuant to, and in accordance with the Plan of Distribution contemplated by such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto. 
  
 (h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each
such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the regis- 
  

 -12- 

 tration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Notes
or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably
request; provided, however, that where Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuers agree to retain the Issuers’ counsel to perform Blue Sky surveys and file
registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h); keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and
do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that
no Issuer shall be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so
subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 
  
 (i) If a Shelf Registration is filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of
Registrable Notes and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes which have been sold thereunder, which certificates shall not bear any
restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable Registrable Notes to be sold prepared in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if
any, or selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of such Registrable Notes. 
  
 (j) Use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes covered by any Registration Statement to be
registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be reasonably necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Notes
or Exchange Notes in accordance with the Plan of Distribution contained in the prospectus included therein, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Issuers will
cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals. 
  
 (k) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by
Section 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) and the penultimate paragraph of this Section 5) file with the Commission, at the sole expense of the Issuers, a supplement or post-effective
amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers
of the Registrable Notes being sold thereunder 
  

 -13- 

 or to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating
Broker-Dealer, any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading. 
  
 (l) Prior to the
effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP
number for the Registrable Notes. 
  
 (m) In
connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and take all such other actions
as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Notes and, whether or not such offering is an underwritten offering, (i) make such
representations and warranties to the underwriter or underwriters (and to any Holder that has advised the Company that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act), and covenants with, the
underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuers and their subsidiaries (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes, and confirm the same in writing if and when reasonably requested and as is
customary; (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain customary written opinions of counsel to the Issuers and customary “bringdowns” thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or
underwriters, addressed to the underwriters (and to any Holder that has advised the Company that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act) covering the matters customarily covered in opinions
requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in form,
scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the
Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters (and to any
Holder that has advised the Company that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold
comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings; and (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or
such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; provided that the Issuers shall not be
required to provide indemnification to any underwriter selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof or to any Holder 
  

 -14- 

 with respect to information relating to such underwriter or Holder furnished in writing to the Company by
or on behalf of such underwriter or Holder expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder. 
  
 (n) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section
3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during
the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by a representative acceptable to the Majority Holders or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Notes, if
any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Majority Holders or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally kept,
during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to
exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration
Statement and Prospectus. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records confidential and that it will not disclose, or use in connection with any market transactions in violation of any applicable securities laws, any Records
that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration
Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such information is necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel for an
Inspector in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or any
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records has been made generally available to the public; provided, however, that (i) each Inspector shall agree to use
reasonable best efforts to provide notice to the Company of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Issuers to obtain a protective order (or waive the
provisions of this paragraph (n)) and (ii) each such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an
impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector. 
  
 (o) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust
indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Exchange Offer or the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes; and in connection therewith, cooperate with
the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, to effect such changes to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the
TIA; and execute, and 
  

 -15- 

 use their reasonable best efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to
effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
  

(p) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to the Company’s
securityholders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90
days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten
offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods
consistent with the requirements of Rule 158. 
  
 (q) Upon the request of a Holder, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, use their reasonable best efforts to obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuers, in a form customary for underwritten transactions, addressed
to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Notes participating in the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, that the Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and the related indenture
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its respective terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications. 
  
 (r) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be
consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Notes by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, mark, or cause to be marked, on
such Registrable Notes that such Registrable Notes are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be; provided that in no event shall such Registrable Notes be marked as paid or the
obligations of the Issuers thereunder otherwise satisfied. 
  
 (s) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Notes covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Notes and their respective counsel in
connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD. 
  
 (t) Use their reasonable best efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary or advisable to effect the registration of the Exchange Notes and/or Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement
contemplated hereby. 
  
 The Company may require each seller of
Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as the Company may, from time to
time, reasonably request. The Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Notes of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time 
  

 -16- 

 after receiving such request and in the event of such an exclusion, the Issuers shall have no further obligation under
this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligations under Section 4) with respect to such seller or any subsequent Holder of such Registrable Notes. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish
promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make any information previously furnished to the Company by such seller not materially misleading. 
  
 If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder or beneficial owner of any
securities of the Company or the Guarantors, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such
securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the
Company or the Guarantors, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment
or supplement to the applicable Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required. 
  
 Each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes that, upon the
Company providing notice to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (x) of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii), 5(c)(iv), or 5(c)(v) hereof, or (y) that the Board of Directors of
the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has resolved that the Company has a bona fide business purpose, or after consultation with legal counsel, has determined in good faith that there is a reason as a matter of law, for
doing so, then, upon providing such notice (which shall refer to this penultimate paragraph of this Section 5), the Issuers may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration (if not then
filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration, in all cases, for a period (a “Delay
Period”) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by
Section 5(k) hereof or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of
the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the Issuers’ obligations to file or maintain the effectiveness of any such Registration Statement
pursuant to this Agreement or (B) 75 days after the Company notifies the Holders of such good faith determination. There shall not be more than 75 days of Delay Periods during any 12-month period. The maximum length of the Applicable Period set
forth in Section 2(b) shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during any Delay Period. Any Delay Period will not alter the obligations of the Issuers to pay Additional Interest under the circumstances set forth in Section 4
hereof. 
  
 Each Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, by its
acceptance of any Registrable Note, agrees that during any Delay Period, each Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer will immediately discontinue disposition of such Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement 
  

 -17- 

 or Prospectus or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be. 

 
 Section 6. Registration Expenses 
  
 All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this
Agreement by the Issuers (other than any underwriting discounts or commissions) shall be borne by the Issuers, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is
consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x)
where the holders of Registrable Notes are located, in the case of an Exchange Offer, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of a Shelf Registration or in the case of Exchange Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during
the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses
if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or by the Majority Holders or in respect of Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may
be, (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Notes (exclusive of any counsel
retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof) selected by the Majority Holders and reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers, (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(m)(iii) hereof (including,
without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, (vii) fees and expenses of all other Persons
retained by any of the Issuers, (viii) internal expenses of the Issuers (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Company performing legal or accounting duties), (ix) the expense of any annual audit,
(x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable, (xi) any required fees and expenses
incurred in connection with any filing required to be made with the NASD and (xii) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary
in order to comply with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions of any underwriters with respect to any Registrable Notes sold by or on behalf of it.

  
 Section 7. Indemnification 
  
 (a) The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless
each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, each Person, if any, who controls any such Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of
the Exchange Act, the agents, employees, officers and directors of each Holder and each such Participating Broker-Dealer and the agents, partners, members, 
  

 -18- 

 employees, officers, managers and directors of any such controlling Person (each, a “Participant”) from
and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever actually incurred in investigating, preparing or
defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and (subject to the last two sentences of Section 7(c) below) any and all reasonable amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation) (collectively,
“Losses”) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary
prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided that (i) the foregoing indemnity shall not be available to any Participant insofar as such Losses are caused by any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein, and (ii) the foregoing indemnity with respect to any
preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Participant from whom the Person asserting such Losses purchased Registrable Notes if (x) it is established in the related proceeding that such Participant failed to send or give a copy of
the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if such amendment or supplement was furnished to such Participant prior to the written confirmation of such sale) to such Person with or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, if required by
applicable law, and (y) the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was completely corrected in the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if amended or supplemented as aforesaid) and such Prospectus does not contain any
other untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that was the subject matter of the related proceeding. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Issuers may otherwise have, including, but not
limited to, liability under this Agreement. 
  
 (b) Each
Participant agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Issuer, each Person, if any, who controls any Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and each of their
respective agents, partners, members, employees, officers and members of the board of directors from and against any Losses to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such
Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if
the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such Loss arises out of or is based
upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Participant
expressly for use therein. 
  

 -19- 

 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection 7(a) or 7(b) above of notice of the
commencement of any action, suit or proceeding (collectively, an “action”), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against
whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement of such action (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under this Section 7 except to the
extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure). In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, the indemnifying party will be
entitled to participate in such action, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such action, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall
be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not
have employed counsel to take charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) the named parties to such action (including any impleaded parties) include such indemnified party and
the indemnifying party or parties (or such indemnifying parties have assumed the defense of such action), and such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded, after consultation with counsel, that there may be defenses available to
it or them that are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or
parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall the indemnifying party be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (together with
appropriate local counsel) at any time for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions arising in the same jurisdiction out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Any
such separate firm for the Participants shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of Registrable Notes sold by all such Participants and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and any such separate firm
for the Issuers, their affiliates, officers, directors, representatives, employees and agents and such control Person of such Issuers shall be designated in writing by such Issuers and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Holders. An indemnifying
party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have
requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding effected without its prior written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid reimbursement request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed
the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 45 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle (including the
proposed terms thereof). No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party
and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an uncon- 
  

 -20- 

 ditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding
and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
  
 (d) In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is for any reason held to be
unavailable from the indemnifying party for any Losses referred to therein, or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified under this Section 7 for any Losses referred to therein, each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid
or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such aggregate Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each indemnifying party, on the one hand, and each indemnified party, on the other hand,
from the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers or the resale of the Registrable Notes by such Holder, as applicable, or (ii) if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each indemnified party, on the one hand, and each indemnifying party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as
well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuers, on the one hand, and each Participant, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the sale of the
Notes to the Initial Purchasers (net of discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses payable by the Issuers) received by the Issuers are to (y) the total net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the
Registrable Notes. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the Issuers or such Participant and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission. 
  
 (e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, (i) in no case
shall any Participant be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Registrable Notes exceeds the amount of any damages that such Participant has
otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim
for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 7, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from
whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure; provided, however, that no additional
notice in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under this Section 7 for purposes of indemnification. Anything in this section to the contrary notwithstanding,
no party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent, provided, however, that such written consent was not unreasonably withheld. 
  

 -21- 

 Section 8. Rules 144 and 144A 
  
 The Issuers covenant that they will file the reports required, if any, to be filed by them under the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuers are not required to file such reports,
they will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Notes, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Issuers further covenant that for so long as any
Registrable Notes remain outstanding they will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Notes may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Notes without registration under the Securities Act within
the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144(k) and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 
  
 Section 9. Underwritten Registrations 
  
 If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf Registration are to be
sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

  
 No Holder of Registrable Notes may participate in any
underwritten registration hereunder if such Holder does not (a) agree to sell such Holder’s Registrable Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b)
complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
  
 Section 10. Miscellaneous 
  
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers have not, as of the date hereof, and shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any
agreement with respect to any of their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do
not conflict with and are not inconsistent with, in any material respect, the rights granted to the holders of any of the Issuers’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements. The Issuers have not entered and will not
enter into any agreement with respect to any of their securities which will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement. 
  
 (b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes. The Issuers shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with
respect to the Registrable Notes as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Notes to include such Registrable Notes in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. 
  
 (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not
be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by (I) the Com- 
  

 -22- 

 pany (on behalf of all Issuers) and (II)(A) the Majority Holders and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the
Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that Section 7 and this Section 10(c)
may not be amended, modified or supplemented except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by the Issuers and each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any Person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer
of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification, waiver or supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the
provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Notes whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or
compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Notes may be given by the Majority Holders. 
  
 (d) Notices. All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for
or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier: 
  
 (i) if to a Holder of the Registrable Notes or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or
Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture. 
  
 (ii) if to any Issuer, to it 
  
 c/o Seitel, Inc. 
 10811 South Westview Circle 
 Building C, Suite 100 
 Houston, TX 77043 
 Fax: (713) 881-8901 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  
 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice pursuant to
Section 10(d)) to: 
  
 Greenberg Traurig, LLP

 The Met Life Building 
 200 Park Avenue 
 New York, New York 10166 
 Fax: (212) 801-6400 
 Attention: Clifford E. Neimeth, Esq. 
  

 -23- 

 (iii) if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address as follows: 
  
 UBS Securities LLC 
 677 Washington Blvd. 
 Stamford, Connecticut 06901 
 Telephone: (203) 719-3000 
 Fax number: (203) 719-1075 
 Attention: High Yield Syndicate Department 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 UBS Securities LLC 
 677 Washington Blvd. 
 Stamford, Connecticut 06901 
 Telephone: (203) 719-3000 
 Fax number: (203) 719-0680 
 Attention: Legal Department 
  
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

  
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications
shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture. 
  
 (e) Guarantors. So long as any Registrable Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers shall cause each Person that becomes a guarantor of the Notes
under the Indenture to execute and deliver a counterpart to this Agreement which subjects such Person to the provisions of this Agreement as a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors agrees to join the Issuers in all of their undertakings hereunder to
effect the Exchange Offer for the Exchange Notes and the filing of any Shelf Registration required hereunder. 
  
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties
hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign
holds Registrable Notes. 
  
 (g) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

  

 -24- 

 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not
limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
  
 (i)
Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  
 (j) Severability. If any term,
provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full
force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such
term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be
hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable. 
  
 (k) Securities Held by the Issuers or Their Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Issuers or any of their
affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
  
 (l) Third-Party Beneficiaries. Holders and beneficial owners of
Registrable Notes and Participating Broker-Dealers (but not their transferees) are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons. No other Person is intended to be, or shall be construed as,
a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. 
  
 (m) Entire
Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained
herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuers on the other, or between
or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby. 
  
 (n) Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the
Company completes a Special Mandatory Redemption (as defined in the Indenture). The agreements contained in Sections 6 and 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 
  

 -25- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

					
	 SEITEL, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/    Randall D.
Stilley        

	 	 	Name:	 	Randall D. Stilley
	 	 	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer and President
	
	 GUARANTORS:
  
 DATATEL, INC.
 DDD ENERGY, INC.
 MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC.
 N360X, L.L.C.
 SEIC, INC.
 SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC
 SEITEL DATA, LTD.
 SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.
 SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC
 SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.
 SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.
 SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.
 SEITEL SOLUTIONS, L.L.C.
 SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD.
 SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC
 SI HOLDINGS, G.P.

		
	By:	 	 /s/    Randall D.
Stilley        

	 	 	Name:	 	Randall D. Stilley
	 	 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President
	
	 SEITEL DATA CORP.

		
	By:	 	 /s/    Darryl E.
Smith        

	 	 	Name:	 	Darryl E. Smith
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President

					
	 UBS SECURITIES LLC
 on behalf of the Initial Purchasers

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Sten L. Gustafson        

	 	 	Name:	 	Sten L. Gustafson
	 	 	Title:	 	Executive Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Chip Van Os        

	 	 	Name:	 	Chip Van Os
	 	 	Title:	 	Director

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00068-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00068-of-00352.parquet"}]]